WO2024008001A1 - Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024008001A1
WO2024008001A1 PCT/CN2023/104942 CN2023104942W WO2024008001A1 WO 2024008001 A1 WO2024008001 A1 WO 2024008001A1 CN 2023104942 W CN2023104942 W CN 2023104942W WO 2024008001 A1 WO2024008001 A1 WO 2024008001A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
information
bsc
node
devices
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/104942
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
谭俊杰
黄伟
简荣灵
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2024008001A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024008001A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F18/00Pattern recognition
    • G06F18/20Analysing
    • G06F18/23Clustering techniques
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/22Scatter propagation systems, e.g. ionospheric, tropospheric or meteor scatter
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems
    • H04L27/36Modulator circuits; Transmitter circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems
    • H04L27/36Modulator circuits; Transmitter circuits
    • H04L27/362Modulation using more than one carrier, e.g. with quadrature carriers, separately amplitude modulated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a method, device and electronic equipment for determining the quantity of equipment.
  • the Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) backscatter communication system is a backscatter communication system that identifies and reads data from the Backscatter Communication (BSC) devices within the coverage of the reader.
  • BSC Backscatter Communication
  • the reader can obtain the number of BSC devices within its coverage by performing an inventory process.
  • the inventory process refers to the process of identifying BSC devices and reading data.
  • the inventory process is relatively complex. Obtaining the number of BSC devices through the inventory process requires a lot of signaling and time overhead.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and electronic device for determining the number of devices, which can solve the problem in related technologies that obtaining the number of BSC devices requires a large amount of signaling and time overhead.
  • the first aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
  • the first node sends first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
  • the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information
  • the target information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third information sent by the third node is the third information sent by the third node.
  • the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal
  • the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the second aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
  • the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device;
  • the third node sends second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the third aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
  • the BSC device receives the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
  • the BSC device sends the first backscattered signal, and the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, where the number of BSC devices is obtained based on a baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ A signal is obtained based on said first backscattered signal.
  • a device for determining the number of devices includes the device for determining the number of devices.
  • the device includes:
  • a first sending module configured to send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal
  • a determination module configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on target information
  • the target information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third information sent by the third node is the third information sent by the third node.
  • the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal
  • the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • a device for determining the quantity of equipment includes the third node.
  • the third node includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment.
  • the device includes:
  • An acquisition module configured to acquire the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
  • a sending module configured to send second information or third information to the first node, where the second information is In order to indicate the baseband IQ signal, the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC equipment;
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • a device for determining the quantity of equipment includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment.
  • the device includes:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal
  • a sending module configured to send the first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal being used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, the baseband The IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
  • an electronic device in a seventh aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are implemented when executed by the processor.
  • an electronic device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send first information to a BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first Backscatter signal; the processor is configured to: determine the number of the BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal acquired based on the first backscatter signal; The second information sent by the three nodes; the third information sent by the third node; wherein the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC equipment, the BSC equipment The quantity is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the processor is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the communication interface is configured to: send the second information or the third information to the first node, the The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the communication interface is used to: receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the communication interface is also used to: send the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the scattering signal is obtained.
  • a ninth aspect provides a device quantity determination system, including: a first node and a BSC device.
  • the first node can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect.
  • the BSC device can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect.
  • a device quantity determination system is provided, including: a first node, a BSC device and a third node.
  • the first node can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect
  • the third node can be used to To perform the steps of the method described in the second aspect
  • the BSC device may be used to perform the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
  • a readable storage medium is provided.
  • Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented as described in the first aspect.
  • a chip in an eleventh aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement the method as described in the second aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect
  • the first node sends the first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the first node is based on the target information.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • Figure 1 is a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of backscatter communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is the second structural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a third structural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6a is one of the architectural schematic diagrams of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6b is the second architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6c is the third architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6d is the fourth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6e is the fifth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6f is the sixth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6g is the seventh architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6h is the eighth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is one of the schematic diagrams of the inventory process in related technologies
  • Figure 8 is the second schematic diagram of the inventory process in related technologies
  • Figure 9 is one of the flow charts of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is the second flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is the third flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a probability value adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is one of the structural diagrams of an equipment quantity determining device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is the second structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is the third structural diagram of a device for determining the number of equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a second structural schematic diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer.
  • Tablet Personal Computer Tablet Personal Computer
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • wearable devices include: smart watches , smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or a wireless access network unit.
  • Access network equipment may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a WiFi node, etc.
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • the base station may be called a Node B, an Evolved Node B (eNB), an access point, a base transceiver station ( Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node, transmitting and receiving point ( Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other appropriate terminology in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only in the NR system The base station is introduced as an example, and the specific type of base station is not limited.
  • Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Centralized network configuration ( Centralized network configuration (CNC), Network Repository Function (NRF), Network Exposure Function (NEF), Local NEF (Local NEF, or L-NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), application function (Application Function, AF), etc.
  • MME mobility management entities
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • Backscatter communication means that backscatter communication equipment uses radio frequency signals from other devices or the environment to perform signal modulation to transmit its own information.
  • backscatter communication equipment BSC equipment
  • BSC equipment backscatter communication equipment
  • the BSC device in traditional RFID is generally a tag and belongs to the passive Internet of things (IoT) device (Passive-IoT);
  • Semi-passive tags have certain amplification capabilities for downlink reception or uplink reflection.
  • Tags with active sending capabilities this type of terminal can send information to the reader (Reader) without relying on reflection of the incident signal.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic diagram of the backscatter communication principle.
  • PA is the power amplifier
  • LNA is the low noise amplifier
  • Clock is the clock module
  • Logic is the logic module
  • RF harvester is the radio frequency receiver
  • Demod is the demodulator.
  • a simple implementation method is that when the Tag needs to send '1', the Tag reflects the incident carrier signal, and when the Tag needs to send '0', it does not reflect.
  • Backscatter communication equipment controls the reflection coefficient ⁇ of the circuit by adjusting its internal impedance, thereby changing the amplitude, frequency, phase, etc. of the incident signal to achieve signal modulation.
  • the reflection coefficient of the signal can be characterized as:
  • Z 0 is the antenna characteristic impedance
  • Z 1 is the load impedance.
  • the incident signal is S in (t)
  • the output signal is Therefore, corresponding amplitude modulation, frequency modulation or phase modulation can be achieved by reasonably controlling the reflection coefficient.
  • Typical backscatter communication architectures can be divided into single-base systems and dual-base systems.
  • FIG 4 shows a single-base backscatter communication system, a typical representative of which is the traditional RFID system, which includes BSC equipment (such as Tag) and readers.
  • the reader/writer includes a Radio Frequency (RF) radio frequency source and a BSC receiver.
  • the RF radio frequency source is used to generate an excitation signal to power the BSC equipment and provide a carrier wave.
  • the excitation signal is usually a continuous wave (Continuous Wave, CW).
  • the BSC device modulates and backscatters CW.
  • the BSC receiving end in the reader receives the backscattered signal and then demodulates the signal. Since the RF source and BSC receiver are in the same device, such as the reader/writer here, it is called a single-base backscatter communication system.
  • the single-base system is generally used for short-distance backscatter communications, such as Traditional RFID applications.
  • the RF radio frequency source and BSC receiver in the dual-base system are separated. Therefore, the bistatic system avoids the problem of large round-trip signal attenuation. In addition, the performance of the backscatter communication system can be further improved by properly placing the RF source.
  • backscatter communication systems can be divided into 8 architectures as shown in Table 1 and Figure 6a to Figure 6h, depending on the RF source, uplink, and downlink.
  • the base station is the RF radio frequency source, and is also the downlink transmitter of the BSC device (ie, the control command sender) and the uplink receiver of the BSC device (ie, the BSC receiver). terminal), that is, the base station communicates directly with the BSC equipment at this time.
  • This deployment architecture has high requirements on the receiving sensitivity of base stations and BSC equipment, but it is simple to deploy.
  • the base station is also an RF radio frequency source, but at this time there is a relay device (Relay), which is used to relay the uplink from the BSC device to the base station; Relay can also relay the base station to the BSC device. downlink.
  • Relay relay device
  • UE User Equipment
  • the base station is an RF radio frequency source, and the base station directly transmits downlink data to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device first sends the backscattered signal to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the base station
  • UE is the RF radio frequency source, and the base station directly transmits downlink data to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device first sends the backscattered signal to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the base station
  • the base station is the RF radio frequency source.
  • the base station first sends downlink data to the UE. Then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device directly sends the backscattered signal to the base station.
  • UE is the RF radio frequency source.
  • the base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device directly sends backscattered signals to the base station.
  • the base station is an RF radio frequency source.
  • the base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device sends backscattered signals to the UE, and then the UE forwards to base station
  • UE is the RF radio frequency source.
  • the base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device sends backscattered signals to the UE, and then the UE forwards to base station
  • Table 1 Typical architecture of backscatter communication under cellular network
  • RFID is a traditional backscatter communication system. Its main design goal is to identify and read data from BSC devices (i.e. Tags) within the coverage of the reader. Since RFID was initially used in automated inventory of large quantities of goods, the process of tag identification and data reading is also called inventory.
  • BSC devices i.e. Tags
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the inventory process of a Tag.
  • the Tag After the reader sends a query command (Query), the Tag responds (Reply). Taking Reply as RN16 as an example, the Tag generates a 16-bit random number and sends it to the reader. Then the reader/writer sends the sequence to the Tag through an Acknowledgment (ACK) command. After the Tag successfully verifies the RN16 in the ACK, it sends subsequent data (such as PC/XPC, EPC, etc.) to the reader/writer. If EPC is valid, use Queryrep or other command if epc is valid; if EPC is invalid, use Negative Acknowledgement (NAK) (NAK if EPC is invalid).
  • NAK Negative Acknowledgement
  • the reader/writer sends a Select command to select the Tag that needs to be inventoried;
  • the reader/writer sends a query (Query) command to start a round of inventory, and Query indicates a Q value;
  • Tag receives the ACK and checks whether the RN16 contained in the ACK is the previously sent RN16;
  • the reader can send an adjustment query (QueryAdjust) command to reconfigure a Q value;
  • the Tag that has received the QueryAdjust command and has not completed the inventory will randomly select an integer in the range [0, 2Q-1] as the counter;
  • Tags need to wait for the counter to reach 0; before Tags send valid data, they need to repeatedly send RN16 until the RN16 Correctly and uniquely recognized by the reader.
  • the reader is able to distinguish between two situations: the channel is idle (no Tag sends Reply) and busy (at least one Tag sends Reply). After each Tag receives a Query or QueryRep, statistically speaking, the probability of sending a Reply containing RN16 is 2 -Q . Therefore, the reader/writer can fix the Q value, then count the number of times the channel is idle and busy after sending Query or QueryRep, and then estimate the total number of Tags according to the following equation:
  • K 1 and K 2 are the number of idle and busy times respectively.
  • each period of time is called a step.
  • the Q value is fixed, and the reader counts the number of times the channel is idle and busy after sending Query or QueryRep. If the confidence level of the observation result is low, the reader will adjust the Q value and continue the next observation until the observation result meets the requirements.
  • the Q value can be set to increase as the number of steps increases.
  • Figure 9 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
  • Step 101 The first node sends first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal.
  • the first node may be a base station, a UE or a reader/writer.
  • the reader may be a dedicated reader.
  • the BSC device may be an RFID Tag, or a passive Internet of things (IoT) device, a semi-passive IoT device, or an active IoT device, etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Step 102 The first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information
  • the target information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third information sent by the third node is the third information sent by the third node.
  • the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal
  • the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the third node may be a base station, a UE, a relay or a reader/writer, and the reader/writer may be a dedicated reader/writer.
  • the third node may obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device, and send the second information to the first node; or, the third node may obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the number of BSC devices sends third information to the first node.
  • the third node can receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device at the target signal frequency within the target period, and obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal; further, the third node can receive the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the baseband IQ signals are clustered, and the number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering results.
  • the third node can send the first information in the T 1 ⁇ T 2 + T 1 + ⁇ T time after the end of sending the first information.
  • the first backscattered signal is received and measured at frequency f1 .
  • ⁇ T is an optional parameter, and ⁇ T can be used to indicate the maximum delay for the first backscattered signal of the BSC device to reach the third node.
  • T 1 is the target time interval
  • T 2 is the total time for sending the first backscattered signal
  • frequency f 1 is the target signal frequency of the first backscattered signal.
  • the third node can obtain the configuration information of the first backscatter signal through at least one of the following: indication information sent by the first node; first information monitored, the first information is used to Instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; preset configuration.
  • the first node may indicate to the third node the auxiliary information required to determine the number of BSC devices through the eighth information.
  • the auxiliary information may include: the average received power of the historical backscattered signals of the BSC devices; or the third node Default auxiliary information required for determining the first quantity value of the BSC device may be used.
  • first node and the third node can be deployed on the same hardware device or on different hardware devices.
  • both the first node and the third node may be electronic devices, such as terminals or network-side devices.
  • the above-mentioned BSC device may be a BSC device participating in quantity estimation.
  • the number of BSC devices may also be referred to as estimating the number of BSC devices.
  • the first information can also be used to indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is preconfigured on the BSC device; or the configuration information of the first backscattered signal can be part of Indicated by the first information, some are pre-configured on the BSC device; etc. This embodiment does not limit this.
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on a clustering result obtained by clustering the baseband IQ signal.
  • the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, which may include: the first node acquires a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device; the first The node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • the first node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, which may include: the first node acquires the multiple backscattered signals based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device in multiple rounds of iterations.
  • the baseband IQ signal in the round iteration process the first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of the BSC devices based on the clustering result, which may include: the first node based on the multiple The baseband IQ signals in the iteration process are clustered, and the sum of the number of devices in the iteration process is determined based on the clustering results; wherein, the number of BSC devices in the iteration process is The sum of the number of devices.
  • the first node can send fourth information to indicate the BSC devices that have sent the first backscattering signal in the previous round of iterations. Remain silent during subsequent phases and do not participate in the rest of the iteration.
  • the first node may re-determine and indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  • conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
  • the number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times
  • the number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number
  • the total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time
  • the first node receives the preset information.
  • the clustering result obtained by clustering the baseband IQ signal includes the number of categories K', and the number of BSC devices can be determined by the number of categories K' and the first backscattering The modulation order K of the signal is obtained.
  • the process of obtaining the number of categories K' may include: constructing sample points: representing the baseband IQ signal as a two-dimensional data sample, and each set of baseband IQ signal record values (instantaneous sampling values) corresponds to one data sample point. ; Remove outliers, such as eliminating data that are too far from the mean; Smooth data, such as taking the average of data sample points at adjacent moments and merging them into one sample point; Obtain the number of categories K of all data sample points through density-based clustering methods '.
  • the number of BSC devices is different, the state of the superimposed signal of the received first backscattered signal is different, and the number of categories K' corresponding to the baseband IQ signal is different.
  • the modulation order is K
  • the total number of states of the superimposed signal is K N
  • the number of center points corresponding to the clustering result on the two-dimensional plane is K N
  • the number of categories K' is K N .
  • the data samples of the baseband IQ signal can be clustered to obtain the center points and the number of center points corresponding to different superimposed signal states.
  • the IQ signals are in-phase and quadrature signals.
  • I is In-Phase (in-phase)
  • Q is Quadrature (orthogonal).
  • the method of obtaining the baseband IQ signal may include any of the following: sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain the baseband IQ signal; converting the first backscattered signal The corresponding bandpass signal is frequency converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
  • the sending time of the first backscattered signal may be determined by the BSC device; or the sending time of the first backscattered signal may be determined based on any one of the following: the sixth information sent by the first node; The seventh message sent by the second node.
  • the time slot is used as the time unit for sending the first backscatter signal, and the BSC device can independently decide the start of each time slot; or, the first node sends the sixth information or the second node sends the seventh information to indicate that each time slot The beginning of a time slot.
  • the reader can perform a complete inventory process to obtain the number of BSC devices (i.e. Tags) within its coverage; it can also use BSC devices to perform inventory
  • the number of BSC devices is estimated based on the relationship between the dynamic behavior pattern of the transmitted backscattered signal in the process and the statistical value of the channel's time domain observation results. For the former, obtaining the number of BSC devices requires a complete inventory process.
  • running the inventory process to obtain the number of BSC devices will generate unnecessary information. Order and time overhead.
  • one observation corresponds to one transmission opportunity of the BSC device (for example, in RFID, the reader sends a Query or QueryRep command), which makes it take a long time to obtain the observation results and lacks the scalability to deal with a large number of BSC devices.
  • the BSC device for example, in RFID, the reader sends a Query or QueryRep command
  • the equipment quantity determination method in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the goods quantity estimation scenario, the BSC equipment is the goods to be estimated, and the quantity of the BSC equipment is the estimated goods quantity.
  • the method for determining the number of devices can also be applied to other scenarios of estimating the number of devices, where the BSC device is the device to be estimated, and the number of BSC devices is the estimated number of devices.
  • the embodiment of this application proposes a device quantity determination method for estimating the number of BSC devices.
  • the number of BSC devices can be inferred by analyzing the superimposed IQ signal generated when the BSC devices simultaneously send backscatter signals.
  • the configuration parameters of the BSC equipment and each node participating in the quantity estimation and their indication methods are defined, as well as the signal reception, measurement, processing and analysis methods.
  • the embodiment of the present application can significantly reduce time overhead and improve estimation efficiency.
  • the embodiments of the present application realize dynamic configuration of parameters and iterative operation mode, and can maintain high scalability when dealing with different numbers of devices.
  • the method for determining the number of devices in the embodiments of this application can be applied to backscatter communication systems, including RFID, LTE, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT), NR, electrical and electronic Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 evolution system, etc.
  • backscatter communication systems including RFID, LTE, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT), NR, electrical and electronic Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 evolution system, etc.
  • the first node sends the first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the first node is based on the target information.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the above-mentioned relevant information of the BSC device may include identification information of the BSC device.
  • the relevant information of the BSC device may include a mask for matching content such as ID, EPC, PC/XPC, internal memory specific location content, sensor results, and the like.
  • EPC is the Electronic Product Code (Eletronic Product Code)
  • PC/XPC is the Protocol Control/Extended Protocol Control (Protocol Control/Extended Protocol Control) information.
  • the relevant information of the BSC device may be used to indicate the BSC devices participating in the quantity estimation.
  • the BSC devices indicated by the relevant information of the BSC devices may be all BSC devices within the coverage of the first node.
  • the first information indicates relevant information of the BSC device, so that the BSC devices participating in the quantity estimation can be indicated through the first information;
  • the first information indicates synchronization information, so that the first information can be aligned through the synchronization information;
  • a piece of information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, so that the configuration information of the first backscattered signal can be obtained through the first information.
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the data type for sending the first backscattered signal is the data type for sending the first backscattered signal
  • Target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  • the signal power information may be used to indicate the power of the BSC device to send the first backscattered signal. rate p1 or a power-related value such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc.
  • the dynamic pattern of transmitting the first backscattered signal may include a probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, a time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal. Take the dynamic mode including the probability of sending a signal at a specified time or time slot as an example. If the probability is expressed as p, before the start of the specified time or time slot, the BSC device will randomly generate a random number between 0 and 1. If the random number is number ⁇ p, then the signal is sent within the specified time or time slot.
  • the total transmission time information may include the total time T2 or the total number of time slots for the BSC device to transmit the first backscatter signal.
  • the time agreement information may include the definition of the time slot, such as the time slot corresponding to the absolute time length for transmitting one symbol or bit, or the time slot corresponding to the transmission opportunity.
  • the transmission opportunity may refer to transmitting a piece of data of the BSC device. The length may not be fixed until the end of the transmission is the end of the time slot.
  • the transmission opportunity may be triggered by UE autonomous access or by the first node/second node sending additional signaling.
  • the target signal frequency may be the frequency f 1 at which the BSC device sends the first backscattered signal.
  • the data type for sending the first backscatter signal may include random data that conforms to a specific pattern, and/or data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc.
  • the modulation order used to send the first backscattered signal may be the modulation order K used by the BSC device to send the first backscattered signal.
  • the target time interval may be the time interval T1 between the time when the BSC device receives the first information and the time when the first backscatter signal is sent.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble sequence information may include a preamble sequence.
  • the preamble sequence information may include a Barker sequence, a ZC sequence, or the like.
  • the system time information may include a system frame number (SFN), a time slot counter, or a time slot number, etc.
  • SFN system frame number
  • time slot counter time slot number
  • the delimiter information may include an end delimiter to facilitate the BSC device to align the end position of the first information.
  • the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
  • the first information may explicitly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the first information may implicitly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  • the explicit indication may be configuration information that directly indicates the first backscattered signal
  • the implicit indication may be configuration information that indirectly indicates the first backscattered signal by indicating associated information.
  • the first information may directly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the first information may indicate one of multiple preset sets of configuration information as the configuration information of the first backscattered signal. .
  • the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, including:
  • the first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results includes: determining the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results when it is determined that the clustering results are valid; wherein, the clustering
  • the conditions for the result to be valid include at least one of the following: the clustering result is a positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattering signal; the category center point of the clustering result satisfies preset characteristics; The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics.
  • the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following: the clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattering signal; the category center point of the clustering result Meet the preset characteristics; the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics.
  • the clustering result may include the number of categories.
  • the clustering result when the BSC device adopts second-order modulation, and the number of categories after clustering satisfies 2 n , the clustering result can be considered valid, and n is any positive integer.
  • the category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics.
  • the preset characteristics may be non-pathological characteristics.
  • the pathological characteristics may include: any connection line between the center points on the two-dimensional plane cannot form a regular polygon, the nearest neighbor or the farthest. The distance between two center points is less than or greater than the agreed threshold, etc.
  • the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics.
  • the noise characteristics may be that the measured average power of the baseband IQ signal is close to the noise power, or the variance of all data samples is close to the noise power.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes: The number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
  • the first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • the baseband IQ obtained through the first backscattered signal
  • the clustering result of the signal determines the number of BSC devices, thereby reducing the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node sends fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
  • the first node sends fourth information to the BSC device, and the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals, so that It can prevent BSC equipment that has completed quantity estimation from participating in the quantity estimation process again, and can estimate the quantity of BSC equipment more accurately.
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device, so that the first backscattered signal determined by the reference number of the BSC device can be determined.
  • Quantity value can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
  • the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device is the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
  • the measurement results can also be called measurement information.
  • the measurement results may include received signal strength RSS, a reference number for estimating the number of BSC devices based on the received signal strength RSS.
  • the RSS may include measurement quantities related to received signal power such as Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and/or Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ).
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • the BSC device may be instructed to send the second backscattered signal with specified power, time, frequency and other parameters.
  • the measurement results may include signal quality. Assume that the received power corresponding to the measured signal quality of the first backscattered signal is P 1 and the historical average received power of BSC devices is P avg .
  • the reference number of the BSC device is determined through the historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node, so that the reference number of the BSC device can be determined relatively quickly; through the The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device determines the reference number of the BSC device, so that the number of BSC devices can be determined through the backscattered signals sent twice by the BSC device, which can reduce the need to obtain the number of BSC devices. signaling and time overhead.
  • the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
  • the above excitation signal may be a continuous carrier wave CW.
  • the first node may send an excitation signal to the BSC device; or the first node may send fifth information to the second node, instructing the second node to send an excitation signal to the BSC device; or the second node may listen to the first information to obtain the sending excitation.
  • the BSC device can use the excitation signal sent by the first node or the second node to send the first backscattered signal according to the configuration information of the first backscattered signal. Therefore, the node that provides the excitation signal and the node that sends the first information (ie, the control command) can be the same node, or they can be different nodes.
  • the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • first node and the second node can be deployed on the same hardware device or on different hardware devices.
  • both the first node and the second node may be electronic devices, such as terminals or network-side devices.
  • the second node monitors the first information to obtain the relevant configuration for sending the excitation signal, sends the excitation signal to the BSC device, and the BSC device sends the first backscattering signal based on the excitation signal; or, the first node sends the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • the second node sends fifth information to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device, and the second node sends the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • the nodes that provide excitation signals and the nodes that send control commands are now separated.
  • the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • Target control command radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC), medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE), downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), side link control Information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), physical frame preamble (preamble);
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • CE Control Element, CE
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • SCI Sidelink Control Information
  • SCI Physical frame preamble
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • Target wireless signal waveform Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH), Physical Sidelink Shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH), physical frame.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared channel
  • the information received by the BSC device may include one or more of first information, fourth information, sixth information, and seventh information.
  • the target control command may be a dedicated control command.
  • the target wireless signal waveform may be a dedicated wireless signal waveform, for example, a pulse width encoding (Pulse Interval Encoding, PIE) encoded amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulated signal.
  • PIE Pulse Interval Encoding
  • ASK amplitude shift keying
  • the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Downlink Control Information
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PSCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the interactive information between the first node, the second node and the third node may include one or more of second information, third information, fifth information and eighth information.
  • Figure 10 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The third node obtains the baseband IQ based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device. Signal;
  • Step 202 The third node sends second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the method before the third node sends the second information or the third information to the first node, the method further includes:
  • the third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
  • the number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
  • the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
  • the clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal
  • the category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics
  • the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
  • the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, including:
  • the third node receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device on the target signal frequency within the target period;
  • the third node acquires a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval.
  • the target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the A backscattered signal.
  • the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
  • the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
  • the method before the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, the method further includes:
  • the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  • the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
  • the first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
  • the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, including:
  • the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal in the multi-round iteration process based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device in the multi-round iteration process;
  • the third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results, including:
  • the third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multi-round iteration process, and determines the sum of the number of devices in the multi-round iteration process based on the clustering results;
  • the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
  • the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
  • the number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times
  • the number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number
  • the total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time
  • the third node receives the preset information.
  • this embodiment is an implementation of the third node corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 9.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • Figure 11 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 The BSC device receives the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
  • Step 302 The BSC device sends the first backscattered signal, and the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, where the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, so The baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the data type for sending the first backscattered signal is the data type for sending the first backscattered signal
  • Target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
  • the method further includes:
  • the BSC device receives the fourth information sent by the first node, and the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send the backscatter signal.
  • the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined by the BSC device
  • the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined based on any of the following:
  • the sixth information sent by the first node is the sixth information sent by the first node
  • this embodiment is an implementation of the BSC device corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 9.
  • the relevant description of the embodiment shown in Figure 9. To avoid repeated explanation, this embodiment The embodiments will not be described again. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the following six embodiments are described using two architectures as examples, including a single-base system architecture (for example, the first node, the second node, and the third node are deployed on the same reader/writer) and a decoupled cellular network architecture. (For example, the first node, the second node and the third node are deployed on different devices), and can also be expanded to dual-base system architecture and other cellular network architectures.
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device.
  • the three nodes are reader-writers as an example for description.
  • this embodiment considers that the reader-writer has stored historical information about the number of BSC devices and the reference value of the number of BSC devices is known. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
  • the reader determines the parameters of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device
  • the parameters include at least one of the following:
  • the power p 1 of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device or a value related to the power, such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc.;
  • the dynamic pattern of the backscattered signal transmitted by the BSC device such as the probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, the time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal;
  • time slot such as a time slot corresponding to the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, or a time slot corresponding to a transmission opportunity
  • the data type of the backscatter signal sent by the BSC device such as random data that conforms to a specific pattern, data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc.;
  • the BSC device sends the modulation order K of the backscattered signal.
  • frequency f 1 can be the frequency of the excitation signal (such as CW); or it can be different from the frequency of the excitation signal;
  • T 2 or all time slots define T 2 or all time slots as one step.
  • the probability that the BSC device sends a backscattered signal within one step is pa .
  • the maximum number of categories of two-dimensional data samples constructed from the baseband IQ signal, N ref is the reference value for the number of BSC devices, where " ⁇ " indicates that it is much less than;
  • time slots For time slots, the definition of a time slot can be the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, such as the time required to send 1 bit using On-Off Keying (OOK) modulation; or a transmission opportunity, such as sending a temporary Identification (such as RN16), PC/XPC/EPC and other data packages;
  • OLK On-Off Keying
  • the time interval depends on the BSC equipment capability and is not limited here;
  • the default is 2nd order modulation (such as OOK modulation), and it can also be other modulation orders, which are not limited here.
  • the reader/writer sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send backscattered signals
  • the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
  • the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition.
  • the BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition.
  • the BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
  • the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the backscatter signal, that is, the parameters described in step (1a);
  • the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration
  • the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
  • the reader/writer sends an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device.
  • the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (3) to send a backscatter signal according to the parameters in step (1a);
  • the BSC device can independently determine the start of each time slot; or the reader stops sending the excitation signal before the start of each time slot, sends a command to the BSC device to indicate the start of the time slot, and the BSC device sends an interval of T 1 Backscattered signal.
  • the reader/writer receives and measures the backscattered signal to obtain measurement information
  • the reader/writer receiving and measuring the backscattered signal may include:
  • the frequency f 1 is the same as the frequency of the excitation signal
  • the original bandpass signal, and/or the bandpass signal after sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal before sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal after sampling can be Interference cancellation is performed to eliminate the interference caused by the excitation signal.
  • the reader/writer uses the parameters described in step (1a) and the measurement information obtained in step (5), Estimate the number of BSC equipment;
  • Construct sample points Represent the baseband IQ signal as a two-dimensional data sample, and each set of baseband IQ signal record values (instantaneous sampling values) corresponds to a data sample point;
  • the conditions for determining that the clustering result is illegal include at least one of the following:
  • the first item is not the result of the positive integer power of the modulation order K of the second backscattering signal.
  • the number of categories after clustering needs to satisfy 2 n , where n is any positive integer;
  • the clustered category center points show ill-posed characteristics, such as any connection of the center points on the two-dimensional plane cannot form a regular polygon, the distance between the nearest or farthest two center points is less than or greater than the agreed threshold, etc. ;
  • the third item The measurement information obtained through step (5) only contains noise.
  • the average power of the baseband IQ signal measured through step (5) is close to the noise power, and the variance of all data samples is close to the noise power.
  • N est log K (K')
  • the reader sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
  • the condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) reaches the agreed threshold, that is, the measurement information obtained through step (5) only contains noise reaches the agreed number of times. threshold; or, the number of iterations reaches the agreed threshold; or, the total iteration time reaches the agreed threshold, etc.;
  • the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each iteration.
  • the reader/writer re-determines and indicates the parameters described in step (1a);
  • the information or commands sent by the reader to the BSC device can be included in at least one signaling such as dedicated control commands, RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, SCI, physical frame preamble, etc., and can be dedicated Wireless signal waveforms (such as PIE-encoded ASK modulated signals), PDSCH, PDCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH, and physical frames are carried in at least one way.
  • signaling such as dedicated control commands, RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, SCI, physical frame preamble, etc.
  • dedicated Wireless signal waveforms such as PIE-encoded ASK modulated signals
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device.
  • the three nodes are readers and writers as an example to expand the description.
  • this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the reader and writer.
  • the specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
  • Step (1b) modify the description of the third item in step (1b) about the dynamic mode to: for the dynamic mode, define T 2 or all time slots as one step, and the probability that the BSC device sends the backscatter signal in one step is p a , you can choose any value in (0, 1) as the default value of p a , such as 0.5;
  • Step (7) modify step (7) to: repeat and iteratively execute steps (1)-(6) until the conditions are met to stop iteration;
  • the reader sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
  • the condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) reaches an agreed threshold; or the number of iterations reaches an agreed threshold; or the total iteration time reaches an agreed threshold, etc.;
  • the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each iteration;
  • the average result of multiple iterations can be used to adjust p a , which will not be described here.
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description.
  • this embodiment considers that the base station has stored historical information about the number of BSC devices and the reference value of the number of BSC devices is known. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
  • the base station determines the parameters for the backscattered signal sent by the BSC equipment
  • the parameters include at least one of the following:
  • the power p 1 of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device or a value related to the power, such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc.;
  • the dynamic pattern of the backscattered signal transmitted by the BSC device such as the probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, the time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal;
  • time slot such as a time slot corresponding to the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, or a time slot corresponding to a transmission opportunity
  • the data type of the backscatter signal sent by the BSC device such as random data that conforms to a specific pattern, data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc.;
  • the BSC device sends the modulation order K of the backscattered signal.
  • the frequency f 1 can be the frequency of the excitation signal; or it can be different from the frequency of the excitation signal;
  • T 2 or all time slots define T 2 or all time slots as one step.
  • the probability that the BSC device sends a backscattered signal within one step is pa .
  • K max is the base station that can correctly cluster the number of devices constructed from the baseband IQ signal. The maximum number of categories of two-dimensional data samples, where " ⁇ " indicates that it is much smaller than;
  • time slot can be the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, such as the time required to send 1 bit using OOK modulation; or a transmission opportunity, such as sending a temporary identifier (such as RN16), PC/XPC/ EPC and other data packages;
  • the total number of time slots can be any value, and the maximum value can be taken within the maximum acceptable delay range of the base station, which will not be expanded here;
  • the time interval depends on the BSC equipment capability and is not limited here;
  • the BSC device depending on whether the data reported by the BSC device needs to be collected at the same time, you can choose to let the BSC device send random data that conforms to a specific pattern (i.e., meaningless data); or, let the BSC device send data intended to be reported;
  • the default is 2nd order modulation (such as OOK modulation), and it can also be other modulation orders, which are not limited here.
  • the base station sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send backscattered signals
  • the BSC device selects all BSC devices within the base station coverage by default;
  • the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition.
  • the BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition.
  • the BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
  • the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the backscatter signal, that is, the parameters described in step (1a);
  • the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration
  • the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter wait.
  • the UE listens to the command described in step 2 or the base station instructs the UE to send an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device.
  • the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (3) to send backscattered signals according to the parameters in step (1a).
  • the BSC device can independently determine the start of each time slot, or the UE stops sending the excitation signal before the start of each time slot; the base station or the UE sends a command to the BSC device to indicate the start of the time slot, and the BSC device sends the signal at an interval T1 Backscattered signal.
  • the UE instructs the relay to relay some or all of the parameters described in step (1a); or, the relay listens to the command described in step (2) to obtain relevant configurations; or, the relay adopts the agreed configuration.
  • the relay receives and measures the backscattered signal
  • the relay receives and measures the backscattered signal including:
  • the frequency f 1 is the same as the frequency of the excitation signal
  • the original bandpass signal, and/or the bandpass signal after sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal before sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal after sampling can be Interference cancellation is performed to eliminate the interference caused by the excitation signal.
  • the number of BSC equipment can be estimated through the following two example methods:
  • the relay feeds back the baseband IQ signal described in step (6) to the base station;
  • the base station estimates the number of BSC devices based on the parameters described in step (1a) and the baseband IQ signal fed back by the relay.
  • the specific method is the same as steps (6a)-(6f) of Embodiment 1, which will not be described again here.
  • the relay estimates the number of BSC devices based on the parameters described in step (1a) and the baseband IQ signal described in step (6).
  • the specific method is the same as steps (6a)-(6f) of Embodiment 1, which will not be described again here;
  • the relay feeds back the estimated number of BSC devices to the base station
  • the parameters described in step (1a) can be obtained by the relay monitoring the command described in step (2); or, the base station sends a command to instruct the relay; or, uses an agreed command; or, through the above three methods More than one of them is obtained jointly.
  • the base station sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
  • the condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) in Embodiment 1 reaches an agreed threshold; or the number of iterations reaches an agreed threshold; or the total iteration time reaches an agreed threshold, etc. ;
  • the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each round of iteration;
  • the base station re-determines and indicates the parameters described in step (1a);
  • the information or commands sent by the base station to the BSC equipment can be included in at least one signaling such as dedicated control commands, RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, SCI, physical frame preamble, etc., and can be included in dedicated wireless signals.
  • Waveforms (such as PIE-encoded ASK modulated signals), PDSCH, PDCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH, and physical frames are carried in at least one way.
  • the information or commands exchanged between the base station, UE and relay can be included in at least one signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, UCI, SCI, etc., and can be included in PDSCH, PUSCH, PDCCH , PUCCH, PSCCH and PSSCH are carried in at least one way.
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, UCI, SCI, etc.
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description. In addition, this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the base station.
  • Step (1b) the third item of step (1b) is the same as the third item of step (1b) in Embodiment 2.
  • Step (8) modify step (8) to:
  • the base station sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device.
  • the three nodes are readers and writers as an example to describe.
  • this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the reader and writer, and estimates the reference value of the number of BSC devices through the signal quality of the received backscattered signal. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
  • the reader/writer sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send the second backscattered signal
  • the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
  • the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition.
  • the BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition.
  • the BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
  • the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the second backscatter signal, such as duration T 4 , power p 2 , time interval T 5 and frequency f 2 ;
  • the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration
  • the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
  • the reader/writer sends an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device;
  • the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (2) to send the second backscattering signal at frequency f 2 with power p 2 after an interval T 5 , and the duration is T4 ;
  • the reader/writer measures the signal quality of the second backscattered signal and determines the reference value N ref for the number of BSC devices;
  • steps (5) to (12) are the same as steps (1) to (8) in Embodiment 1, and will not be described again.
  • the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description.
  • this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the base station, and estimates the reference value of the number of BSC devices through the signal strength RSS of the received backscattered signal. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
  • the base station sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send the second backscattered signal
  • the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
  • the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition.
  • the BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition.
  • the BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
  • the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the second backscatter signal, such as duration T 4 , power p 2 , time interval T 5 and frequency f 2 ;
  • the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration
  • the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
  • the UE listens to the command in step (1) to send an excitation signal to the BSC device, or the base station instructs the UE to send an excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • the excitation signal may be an excitation signal
  • the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (2) to send the second backscattering signal at frequency f 2 with power p 2 after an interval T 5 , and the duration is T4 ;
  • the UE instructs the relay to relay part or all of the configuration described in step (1); or, relay Monitor the command described in step (1) and obtain relevant configurations; or, the relay adopts the agreed configuration;
  • the relay measures the signal quality of the second backscattered signal, and the base station and the relay cooperate to determine the reference value N ref for the number of BSC devices;
  • the reference value N ref for the number of BSC equipment can be determined through the following two example methods:
  • the relay feeds back signal quality measurements to the base station
  • N ref P 1 /P avg ;
  • N ref P 1 /P avg
  • the relay feeds back N ref to the base station
  • the base station can indicate the auxiliary information to the relay.
  • steps (6) to (15) are the same as steps (1) to (10) in Embodiment 3, and will not be described again.
  • Figure 13 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determining device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first node includes the device quantity determining device.
  • the device quantity determining device 400 includes:
  • the first sending module 401 is configured to send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
  • Determining module 402 configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on target information
  • the target information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third information sent by the third node is the third information sent by the third node.
  • the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal
  • the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the data type for sending the first backscattered signal is the data type for sending the first backscattered signal
  • Target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscattered signal.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the device also includes:
  • the second sending module is configured to send fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
  • the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
  • the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device is the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
  • the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
  • the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • Target control command radio resource control RRC, media access control MAC control element CE, downlink control information DCI, side link control information SCI, physical frame preamble;
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • Target wireless signal waveform physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, physical secondary link control channel PSCCH, physical secondary link shared channel PSSCH, physical frame.
  • the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Downlink Control Information
  • UCI Uplink control information
  • SCI Downlink control information
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, PDCCH, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH.
  • the first sending module sends the first information to the BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscattering signal; determine The module determines the number of BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscatter signal; second information sent by a third node; third The third information sent by the node; wherein the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 9 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • Figure 14 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the third node includes the device quantity determination device.
  • the device quantity determination device 500 includes:
  • the acquisition module 501 is used to acquire the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
  • a sending module 502 configured to send second information or third information to the first node, where the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of BSC devices;
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the device also includes:
  • a determination module configured to perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • Clustering processing is performed based on the baseband IQ signal, and the number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
  • the clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal
  • the category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics
  • the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
  • the acquisition module is specifically used to:
  • a baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval.
  • the target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal.
  • the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
  • the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
  • the device also includes:
  • a receiving module configured to obtain the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  • the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
  • the first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
  • the acquisition module is specifically used to:
  • the determination module is specifically used for:
  • the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
  • the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
  • the number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times
  • the number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number
  • the total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time
  • the third node receives the preset information.
  • the acquisition module acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the sending module sends the second information or the third information to the first node, The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • Figure 15 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the BSC device includes the device quantity determination device.
  • the device quantity determination device 600 includes:
  • the first receiving module 601 is used to receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information Used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
  • Sending module 602 configured to send the first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, the A baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the data type for sending the first backscattered signal is the data type for sending the first backscattered signal
  • Target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
  • the device also includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive fourth information sent by the first node, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
  • the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined by the BSC device
  • the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined based on any of the following:
  • the sixth information sent by the first node is the sixth information sent by the first node
  • the first receiving module receives the first information sent by the first node, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscattering signal; the sending module sends the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the scattering signal is obtained. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
  • the device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 11 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 700, which includes a processor 701 and a memory 702.
  • the memory 702 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 701, such as , when the communication device 700 is the first node, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices applied to the first node is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 700 is a BSC device
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701
  • each step of the above embodiment of the device quantity determination method applied to the BSC device is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 700 is a third node, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices applied to the third node is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send first information to the BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first Backscatter signal; the processor is configured to: determine the number of the BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal acquired based on the first backscatter signal; The second information sent by the third node; the third information sent by the third node; wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate indicates the number of BSC devices, which is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the processor is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the communication interface is configured to: send the second information or the third information to the first node, the The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the communication interface is used to: receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the communication interface is also used to: send the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the scattering signal is obtained.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may be a terminal, a server, or a network-side device.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal.
  • the electronic device 800 includes but is not limited to: radio frequency unit 801, network module 802, audio output unit 803, input unit 804, sensor 805, display unit 806, user input unit 807, interface unit 808, memory 809, processor 810, etc. at least some parts of it.
  • the electronic device 800 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 810 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and function through the power management system. Consumption management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 804 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 8041 and a microphone 8042.
  • the graphics processor 8041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras).
  • the display unit 806 may include a display panel 8061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 807 includes a touch panel 8071 and at least one of other input devices 8072 . touch panel 8 071, also known as touch screen.
  • the touch panel 8071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 8072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 801 can transmit it to the processor 810 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 801 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 809 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 809 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 809 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 809 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus
  • the processor 810 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 810 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 810.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is configured to: send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to indicate The BSC device sends a first backscattered signal;
  • the processor 810 is configured to: determine the number of BSC devices based on target information;
  • the target information includes at least one of the following:
  • the third information sent by the third node is the third information sent by the third node.
  • the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal
  • the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
  • the data type for sending the first backscattered signal is the data type for sending the first backscattered signal
  • Target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
  • the processor 810 is further configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to send fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal no longer sends backscatter signals.
  • the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
  • the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
  • the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device is the measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
  • the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
  • the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  • the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • Target control command radio resource control RRC, media access control MAC control element CE, downlink control information DCI, side link control information SCI, physical frame preamble;
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • Target wireless signal waveform physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, physical secondary link control channel PSCCH, physical secondary link shared channel PSSCH, physical frame.
  • the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Downlink Control Information
  • UCI Uplink control information
  • SCI Downlink control information
  • the signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, PDCCH, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH.
  • the processor 810 is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is configured to: send second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
  • the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  • the processor 810 is further configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  • the processor 810 is further configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
  • processor 810 is also used to:
  • the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
  • the clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal
  • the category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics
  • the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
  • the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to: receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device at the target signal frequency within the target period;
  • the processor 810 is further configured to: obtain a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal.
  • the target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval.
  • the target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal.
  • the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
  • the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
  • the method before the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, the method further includes:
  • the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  • the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
  • the first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
  • the processor 810 is further configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal in the multiple rounds of iterations based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device in the multiple rounds of iterations;
  • the processor 810 is also configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multiple rounds of iterations, and determine the sum of the number of devices in the multiple rounds of iterations based on the clustering results;
  • the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
  • the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
  • the number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times
  • the number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number
  • the total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time
  • the third node receives the preset information.
  • This electronic equipment embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment.
  • Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment can be applied to this electronic device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the electronic device may be a network side device.
  • the electronic device 900 includes: an antenna 901, a radio frequency device 902, a baseband device 903, Processor 904 and memory 905.
  • Antenna 901 is connected to radio frequency device 902.
  • the radio frequency device 902 receives information through the antenna 901 and sends the received information to the baseband device 903 for processing.
  • the baseband device 903 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 902.
  • the radio frequency device 902 processes the received information and then sends it out through the antenna 901.
  • the method performed by the electronic device in the above embodiment can be implemented in the baseband device 903, which includes a baseband processor.
  • the baseband device 903 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are disposed, as shown in FIG. Program to perform the network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
  • the electronic device may also include a network interface 906, which is, for example, a Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI Common Public Radio Interface
  • the electronic device 900 also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 905 and executable on the processor 904.
  • the processor 904 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 905 to execute FIG. 14, FIG. 15 or Figure 16 shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium.
  • Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium.
  • the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above device quantity determination method embodiment is implemented, and can achieve The same technical effects are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product.
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium.
  • the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above device quantity determination method.
  • Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a device quantity determination system, including: a first node, a BSC device, and a third node.
  • the first node may be used to perform the device quantity determination method applied to the first node as described above.
  • the BSC device may be configured to perform the above-mentioned steps of the device quantity determination method applied to the BSC device, and the third node may be configured to perform the above-described steps of the device quantity determination method applied to the third node.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, Each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
  • the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the process may include the processes of the embodiments of each of the above methods.
  • the storage medium can be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM) or a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
  • the essence of the technical solution or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a computer software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) and includes a number of instructions. It is used to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a method and apparatus for determining the number of devices, and an electronic device. The method for determining the number of devices in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a first node sending first information to backscatter communication (BSC) devices, wherein the first information is used for instructing the BSC devices to send first backscatter signals; and the first node determining the number of BSC devices on the basis of target information, wherein the target information comprises at least one piece of the following: a baseband IQ signal which is acquired on the basis of the first backscatter signals, second information which is sent by a third node, and third information which is sent by the third node, the second information being used for indicating the baseband IQ signal, the third information being used for indicating the number of BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices being obtained on the basis of the baseband IQ signal.

Description

设备数量确定方法、装置及电子设备Equipment quantity determination method, device and electronic equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2022年7月6日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202210800747.X的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority from Chinese Patent Application No. 202210800747.X filed in China on July 6, 2022, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种设备数量确定方法、装置及电子设备。This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a method, device and electronic equipment for determining the quantity of equipment.
背景技术Background technique
射频识别(Radio Frequency Identification,RFID)反向散射通信系统是一种对读写器覆盖范围内的反向散射通信(Backscatter Communication,BSC)设备进行识别以及数据读取的反向散射通信系统。在RFID反向散射通信系统中,读写器可以通过执行盘点流程来获得其覆盖范围内的BSC设备的数量。盘点流程指的是对BSC设备进行识别和数据读取的过程,盘点流程较为复杂,通过盘点流程获得BSC设备的数量需要大量的信令和时间开销。The Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) backscatter communication system is a backscatter communication system that identifies and reads data from the Backscatter Communication (BSC) devices within the coverage of the reader. In the RFID backscatter communication system, the reader can obtain the number of BSC devices within its coverage by performing an inventory process. The inventory process refers to the process of identifying BSC devices and reading data. The inventory process is relatively complex. Obtaining the number of BSC devices through the inventory process requires a lot of signaling and time overhead.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种设备数量确定方法、装置及电子设备,能够解决相关技术中获得BSC设备的数量需要大量的信令和时间开销的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and electronic device for determining the number of devices, which can solve the problem in related technologies that obtaining the number of BSC devices requires a large amount of signaling and time overhead.
第一方面,提供了一种设备数量确定方法,包括:The first aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
第一节点向反向散射通信BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The first node sends first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;The first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information;
其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
第三节点发送的第二信息;the second information sent by the third node;
第三节点发送的第三信息; The third information sent by the third node;
其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
第二方面,提供了一种设备数量确定方法,包括:The second aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;The third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device;
所述第三节点向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;The third node sends second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
第三方面,提供了一种设备数量确定方法,包括:The third aspect provides a method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
BSC设备接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The BSC device receives the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。The BSC device sends the first backscattered signal, and the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, where the number of BSC devices is obtained based on a baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ A signal is obtained based on said first backscattered signal.
第四方面,提供了一种设备数量确定装置,第一节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:In a fourth aspect, a device for determining the number of devices is provided. The first node includes the device for determining the number of devices. The device includes:
第一发送模块,用于向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;A first sending module, configured to send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
确定模块,用于基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;A determination module, configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on target information;
其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
第三节点发送的第二信息;the second information sent by the third node;
第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
第五方面,提供了一种设备数量确定装置,第三节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:In a fifth aspect, a device for determining the quantity of equipment is provided. The third node includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment. The device includes:
获取模块,用于基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;An acquisition module, configured to acquire the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
发送模块,用于向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用 于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;A sending module, configured to send second information or third information to the first node, where the second information is In order to indicate the baseband IQ signal, the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC equipment;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
第六方面,提供了一种设备数量确定装置,BSC设备包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:In the sixth aspect, a device for determining the quantity of equipment is provided. BSC equipment includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment. The device includes:
第一接收模块,用于接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;A first receiving module, configured to receive the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
发送模块,用于发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。A sending module, configured to send the first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal being used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, the baseband The IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
第七方面,提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, an electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. The program or instructions are implemented when executed by the processor. The steps of the method described in the first aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the second aspect, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种电子设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述处理器用于:基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;第三节点发送的第二信息;第三节点发送的第三信息;其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。或者,所述处理器用于:基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;所述通信接口用于:向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。或者,所述通信接口用于:接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述通信接口还用于:发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。 In an eighth aspect, an electronic device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send first information to a BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first Backscatter signal; the processor is configured to: determine the number of the BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal acquired based on the first backscatter signal; The second information sent by the three nodes; the third information sent by the third node; wherein the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC equipment, the BSC equipment The quantity is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. Alternatively, the processor is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the communication interface is configured to: send the second information or the third information to the first node, the The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. Alternatively, the communication interface is used to: receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the communication interface is also used to: send the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal. The scattering signal is obtained.
第九方面,提供了一种设备数量确定系统,包括:第一节点、BSC设备,所述第一节点可用于执行如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,所述BSC设备可用于执行如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。或者,提供了一种设备数量确定系统,包括:第一节点、BSC设备及第三节点,所述第一节点可用于执行如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,所述第三节点可用于执行如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,所述BSC设备可用于执行如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。A ninth aspect provides a device quantity determination system, including: a first node and a BSC device. The first node can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect. The BSC device can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect. The steps of the method described in three aspects. Alternatively, a device quantity determination system is provided, including: a first node, a BSC device and a third node. The first node can be used to perform the steps of the method described in the first aspect, and the third node can be used to To perform the steps of the method described in the second aspect, the BSC device may be used to perform the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a tenth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented as described in the first aspect. The steps of the method described in the second aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法,或实现如第二方面所述的方法,或实现如第三方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. method, or implement the method as described in the second aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement as described in the first aspect The steps of the method, or the steps of the method described in the second aspect, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中,第一节点向反向散射通信BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;第三节点发送的第二信息;第三节点发送的第三信息;其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node sends the first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the first node is based on the target information. Determine the number of the BSC devices; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscatter signal; second information sent by a third node; Three pieces of information; wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
附图说明 Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图;Figure 1 is a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的结构示意图之一;Figure 2 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of backscatter communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的结构示意图之二;Figure 4 is the second structural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的结构示意图之三;Figure 5 is a third structural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6a是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之一;Figure 6a is one of the architectural schematic diagrams of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6b是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之二;Figure 6b is the second architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6c是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之三;Figure 6c is the third architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6d是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之四;Figure 6d is the fourth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6e是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之五;Figure 6e is the fifth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6f是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之六;Figure 6f is the sixth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6g是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之七;Figure 6g is the seventh architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6h是本申请实施例提供的一种反向散射通信系统的架构示意图之八;Figure 6h is the eighth architectural schematic diagram of a backscatter communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是相关技术中的盘点流程示意图之一;Figure 7 is one of the schematic diagrams of the inventory process in related technologies;
图8是相关技术中的盘点流程示意图之二;Figure 8 is the second schematic diagram of the inventory process in related technologies;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图之一;Figure 9 is one of the flow charts of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图之二;Figure 10 is the second flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图之三;Figure 11 is the third flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种概率值调整方法的示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a probability value adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图之一;Figure 13 is one of the structural diagrams of an equipment quantity determining device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图之二;Figure 14 is the second structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图之三;Figure 15 is the third structural diagram of a device for determining the number of equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图之一;Figure 17 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图之二。FIG. 18 is a second structural schematic diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实 施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of them. Example. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and "second" are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiments of this application is not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE Evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and NR terminology is used in much of the following description, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th generation Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能 家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备,其中,接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点或WiFi节点等,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)、统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF)、网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF,或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function,BSF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍,并不限定核心网设备的具体 类型。Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12. The terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer. (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device) , vehicle user equipment (Vehicle User Equipment, VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), intelligent Home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, personal computers (PCs), teller machines or self-service machines and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches , smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11. The network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or a wireless access network unit. Access network equipment may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a WiFi node, etc. The base station may be called a Node B, an Evolved Node B (eNB), an access point, a base transceiver station ( Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolved B-node, transmitting and receiving point ( Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other appropriate terminology in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only in the NR system The base station is introduced as an example, and the specific type of base station is not limited. Core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management functions (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management functions (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Centralized network configuration ( Centralized network configuration (CNC), Network Repository Function (NRF), Network Exposure Function (NEF), Local NEF (Local NEF, or L-NEF), Binding Support Function (Binding Support Function, BSF), application function (Application Function, AF), etc. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the core network equipment in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific details of the core network equipment are not limited. type.
为了便于更好地理解本申请实施例,下面先介绍以下技术点。In order to better understand the embodiments of the present application, the following technical points are first introduced below.
1、关于反向散射通信(Backscatter Communication,BSC)1. About Backscatter Communication (BSC)
反向散射通信是指反向散射通信设备利用其它设备或者环境中的射频信号进行信号调制来传输自己的信息。如图2所示,反向散射通信设备(即BSC设备),可以是:Backscatter communication means that backscatter communication equipment uses radio frequency signals from other devices or the environment to perform signal modulation to transmit its own information. As shown in Figure 2, backscatter communication equipment (BSC equipment) can be:
传统RFID中的BSC设备,一般是一个标签(Tag),属于无源物联网(Internet of things,IoT)设备(Passive-IoT);The BSC device in traditional RFID is generally a tag and belongs to the passive Internet of things (IoT) device (Passive-IoT);
半无源(semi-passive)的Tag,这类Tag的下行接收或者上行反射具备一定的放大能力。Semi-passive tags have certain amplification capabilities for downlink reception or uplink reflection.
另外,具备主动发送能力的Tag(Active Tag),这类终端可以不依赖对入射信号的反射向读写器(Reader)发送信息。In addition, Tags with active sending capabilities (Active Tags), this type of terminal can send information to the reader (Reader) without relying on reflection of the incident signal.
如图3所示,为反向散射通信原理示意图,PA为功率放大器,LNA为低噪声放大器,Clock为时钟模块,Logic为逻辑模块,RF harvester为射频接收器,Demod为解调器。一种简单的实现方式为,Tag需要发送‘1’时,Tag对入射载波信号进行反射,Tag需要发送‘0’时不进行反射。As shown in Figure 3, it is a schematic diagram of the backscatter communication principle. PA is the power amplifier, LNA is the low noise amplifier, Clock is the clock module, Logic is the logic module, RF harvester is the radio frequency receiver, and Demod is the demodulator. A simple implementation method is that when the Tag needs to send '1', the Tag reflects the incident carrier signal, and when the Tag needs to send '0', it does not reflect.
反向散射通信设备通过调节其内部阻抗来控制电路的反射系数Γ,从而改变入射信号的幅度、频率、相位等,实现信号的调制。其中信号的反射系数可表征为:
Backscatter communication equipment controls the reflection coefficient Γ of the circuit by adjusting its internal impedance, thereby changing the amplitude, frequency, phase, etc. of the incident signal to achieve signal modulation. The reflection coefficient of the signal can be characterized as:
其中,Z0为天线特性阻抗,Z1是负载阻抗。假设入射信号为Sin(t),则输出信号为因此,通过合理的控制反射系数可实现对应的幅度调制、频率调制或相位调制。典型的反向散射通信的架构可以分成单基地系统和双基地系统。Among them, Z 0 is the antenna characteristic impedance, and Z 1 is the load impedance. Assuming that the incident signal is S in (t), the output signal is Therefore, corresponding amplitude modulation, frequency modulation or phase modulation can be achieved by reasonably controlling the reflection coefficient. Typical backscatter communication architectures can be divided into single-base systems and dual-base systems.
1.1关于单基地系统1.1 About single base system
图4所示为单基地反向散射通信系统,其中的典型代表是传统的RFID系统,系统中包含BSC设备(如Tag)和读写器。读写器包含射频(Radio Frequency,RF)射频源和BSC接收端,其中RF射频源用于产生激励信号来给BSC设备供能和提供载波,该激励信号通常为连续载波(Continuous Wave, CW)。BSC设备调制并反向散射CW,读写器中的BSC接收端接收到该反向散射信号后进行信号解调。由于RF射频源和BSC接收端是在同一个设备中,比如这里的读写器,因此被称为单基地反向散射通信系统。在该系统中,由于从BSC设备发送出去的激励信号会经过往返信号的信号衰减引起双倍远近效应,因而信号的能量衰减大,从而单基地系统一般用于短距离的反向散射通信,比如传统的RFID应用。Figure 4 shows a single-base backscatter communication system, a typical representative of which is the traditional RFID system, which includes BSC equipment (such as Tag) and readers. The reader/writer includes a Radio Frequency (RF) radio frequency source and a BSC receiver. The RF radio frequency source is used to generate an excitation signal to power the BSC equipment and provide a carrier wave. The excitation signal is usually a continuous wave (Continuous Wave, CW). The BSC device modulates and backscatters CW. The BSC receiving end in the reader receives the backscattered signal and then demodulates the signal. Since the RF source and BSC receiver are in the same device, such as the reader/writer here, it is called a single-base backscatter communication system. In this system, since the excitation signal sent from the BSC equipment will undergo the signal attenuation of the round-trip signal, causing a double far-near effect, the signal energy attenuation is large, so the single-base system is generally used for short-distance backscatter communications, such as Traditional RFID applications.
1.2双基地系统1.2 Dual base system
如图5所示,不同于单基地系统,双基地系统中的RF射频源和BSC接收端是分开的。因而,双基地系统避免了往返信号衰减大的问题,另外,通过合理的放置RF射频源的位置可以进一步提高反向散射通信系统的性能。As shown in Figure 5, unlike the single-base system, the RF radio frequency source and BSC receiver in the dual-base system are separated. Therefore, the bistatic system avoids the problem of large round-trip signal attenuation. In addition, the performance of the backscatter communication system can be further improved by properly placing the RF source.
2、关于蜂窝组网下的反向散射通信系统2. About the backscatter communication system under cellular network
在蜂窝网中,反向散射通信系统具体可以从RF射频源、上行链路、下行链路的不同,分为如表1和图6a至图6h所示的8种架构。In cellular networks, backscatter communication systems can be divided into 8 architectures as shown in Table 1 and Figure 6a to Figure 6h, depending on the RF source, uplink, and downlink.
如表1所示,图6a所示的架构1中,基站是RF射频源,也是BSC设备的下行链路发送端(即控制命令发送端)以及BSC设备的上行链路接收端(即BSC接收端),即此时基站直接与BSC设备通信。这种部署架构对基站和BSC设备的接收灵敏度要求很高,但部署简单。As shown in Table 1, in Architecture 1 shown in Figure 6a, the base station is the RF radio frequency source, and is also the downlink transmitter of the BSC device (ie, the control command sender) and the uplink receiver of the BSC device (ie, the BSC receiver). terminal), that is, the base station communicates directly with the BSC equipment at this time. This deployment architecture has high requirements on the receiving sensitivity of base stations and BSC equipment, but it is simple to deploy.
图6b所示的架构2中,基站同样是RF射频源,但此时存在一个中继设备(Relay),用于中继BSC设备到基站的上行链路;Relay也可以中继基站给BSC设备的下行链路。In Architecture 2 shown in Figure 6b, the base station is also an RF radio frequency source, but at this time there is a relay device (Relay), which is used to relay the uplink from the BSC device to the base station; Relay can also relay the base station to the BSC device. downlink.
架构3中,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)用于RF射频源、转发BSC设备到基站的下行和上行链路。In Architecture 3, User Equipment (UE) is used for RF radio frequency source and forwarding downlink and uplink from BSC equipment to the base station.
图6c所示的架构3-1a:基站为RF射频源,并且基站直接传输下行数据给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备先发反向散射信号给UE,再由UE转发给基站Architecture 3-1a shown in Figure 6c: the base station is an RF radio frequency source, and the base station directly transmits downlink data to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device first sends the backscattered signal to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the base station
图6d所示的架构3-1b:UE为RF射频源,并且基站直接传输下行数据给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备先发反向散射信号给UE,再由UE转发给基站Architecture 3-1b shown in Figure 6d: UE is the RF radio frequency source, and the base station directly transmits downlink data to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device first sends the backscattered signal to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the base station
图6e所示的架构3-2a:基站为RF射频源,基站先发送下行数据给UE, 再由UE转发给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备直接发反向散射信号给基站Architecture 3-2a shown in Figure 6e: The base station is the RF radio frequency source. The base station first sends downlink data to the UE. Then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device directly sends the backscattered signal to the base station.
图6f所示的架构3-2b:UE为RF射频源,基站先发送下行数据给UE,再由UE转发给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备直接发反向散射信号给基站Architecture 3-2b shown in Figure 6f: UE is the RF radio frequency source. The base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device directly sends backscattered signals to the base station.
图6g所示的架构3-3a:基站为RF射频源,基站先发送下行数据给UE,再由UE转发给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备发反向散射信号给UE,再由UE转发给基站Architecture 3-3a shown in Figure 6g: The base station is an RF radio frequency source. The base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device sends backscattered signals to the UE, and then the UE forwards to base station
图6h所示的架构3-3b:UE为RF射频源,基站先发送下行数据给UE,再由UE转发给BSC设备;而上行链路中,BSC设备发反向散射信号给UE,再由UE转发给基站Architecture 3-3b shown in Figure 6h: UE is the RF radio frequency source. The base station first sends downlink data to the UE, and then the UE forwards it to the BSC device; in the uplink, the BSC device sends backscattered signals to the UE, and then the UE forwards to base station
表1:蜂窝组网下的反向散射通信典型架构

Table 1: Typical architecture of backscatter communication under cellular network

3、关于RFID Tag盘点流程3. About RFID Tag inventory process
RFID是一种传统的反向散射通信系统,其主要设计目标就是对读写器覆盖范围内的BSC设备(即Tag)进行ID识别以及数据读取。由于RFID最初应用于大量货物的自动化盘点中,对Tag进行识别和数据读取的过程也被称为盘点。RFID is a traditional backscatter communication system. Its main design goal is to identify and read data from BSC devices (i.e. Tags) within the coverage of the reader. Since RFID was initially used in automated inventory of large quantities of goods, the process of tag identification and data reading is also called inventory.
以国际标准化组织(International Organization for Standardization,ISO)18000-6c定义的电子商品码(Eletronic Product Code,EPC)C1G2 RFID系统为例,图7展示了一个Tag的盘点流程示意图。在读写器发送查询指令(Query)后Tag响应回应(Reply),以Reply为RN16为例,Tag产生一个16-bit的随机数发送给读写器。然后读写器将该序列通过肯定确认(Acknowledgement,ACK)指令发给Tag后,Tag对ACK中的RN16验证成功后,将后续的数据(如PC/XPC、EPC等)发送给读写器。如果EPC有效,则使用Queryrep或其他命令(queryrep or other command if epc is valid);如果EPC无效,则使用否定确认(Negative Acknowledgement,NAK)(NAK if EPC is invalid)。Taking the Electronic Product Code (EPC) C1G2 RFID system defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 18000-6c as an example, Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of the inventory process of a Tag. After the reader sends a query command (Query), the Tag responds (Reply). Taking Reply as RN16 as an example, the Tag generates a 16-bit random number and sends it to the reader. Then the reader/writer sends the sequence to the Tag through an Acknowledgment (ACK) command. After the Tag successfully verifies the RN16 in the ACK, it sends subsequent data (such as PC/XPC, EPC, etc.) to the reader/writer. If EPC is valid, use Queryrep or other command if epc is valid; if EPC is invalid, use Negative Acknowledgement (NAK) (NAK if EPC is invalid).
显然,在读写器的覆盖范围内可以存在多个甚至大量的Tag,如果直接将单个Tag的盘点流程应用于多个Tag的场景中,将会出现因为多个Tag同时发送反向散射信号导致信号冲突、无法解码的情况。因此,为了适应多个Tag的场景,RFID系统通常存在管理冲突的竞争接入机制。同样地,以EPC C1G2 RFID系统为例,图8展示了结合竞争接入机制的盘点流程示意图,其具体流程如下:Obviously, there can be multiple or even a large number of Tags within the coverage area of the reader. If the inventory process of a single Tag is directly applied to the scenario of multiple Tags, there will be a problem due to multiple Tags sending backscatter signals at the same time. Signal conflicts and inability to decode. Therefore, in order to adapt to multiple tag scenarios, RFID systems usually have a contention access mechanism to manage conflicts. Similarly, taking the EPC C1G2 RFID system as an example, Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the inventory process combined with the competitive access mechanism. The specific process is as follows:
(1)读写器发送选择(Select)命令选中需要盘点的Tag;(1) The reader/writer sends a Select command to select the Tag that needs to be inventoried;
(2)读写器发送查询(Query)命令开启一轮盘点,Query指示一个Q值;(2) The reader/writer sends a query (Query) command to start a round of inventory, and Query indicates a Q value;
(3)所有Tag产生一个[0,2Q-1]范围内的随机整数作为计数器的初始值;(3) All Tags generate a random integer in the range [0, 2Q-1] as the initial value of the counter;
(4)Tag检查计数器是否为0;(4) Tag checks whether the counter is 0;
(5a)[若有Tag的计数器为0]计数器为0的Tag发送回复(Reply),包含一个随机生成的16位随机数,记作RN16; (5a) [If the counter of a Tag is 0] The Tag with a counter of 0 sends a reply (Reply), including a randomly generated 16-bit random number, recorded as RN16;
(6a)[若读写器解码RN16成功]读写器发送一个ACK命令,包含该RN16以及2bits的命令字段;(6a) [If the reader successfully decodes RN16] the reader sends an ACK command, including the RN16 and the 2bits command field;
(7)Tag接收ACK,并检查ACK中包含的RN16是否为此前发送的RN16;(7) Tag receives the ACK and checks whether the RN16 contained in the ACK is the previously sent RN16;
(8a)[若RN16正确]检验RN16正确的Tag向读写器发送需要上报的数据,如PC、XPC、EPC或者其他数据,该Tag盘点完成;(8a) [If RN16 is correct] Verify that the correct Tag of RN16 sends the data that needs to be reported to the reader, such as PC, XPC, EPC or other data, and the Tag inventory is completed;
(8b)[若RN16错误]检验RN16错误的Tag将自身计数器设置为最大值;(8b) [If RN16 is wrong] The Tag that checks the RN16 error will set its own counter to the maximum value;
(6b)[若读写器解码RN16失败]读写器发送一个NAK命令;(6b) [If the reader fails to decode RN16] the reader sends a NAK command;
(9)若接收到NAK命令的Tag在上一相邻时序发送了Reply,则将自身计数器设置为最大值;(9) If the Tag that received the NAK command sent a Reply in the previous adjacent sequence, its own counter is set to the maximum value;
(5b)[若无Tag的计数器为0]读写器发送重复查询(QueryRep)命令;(5b) [If the counter without Tag is 0] the reader sends a repeat query (QueryRep) command;
(10)接收到QueryRep命令的Tag将自身计数器-1;(10) The Tag that receives the QueryRep command will reduce its own counter by 1;
(11)[可选]读写器可以发送调整查询(QueryAdjust)命令,重新配置一个Q值;(11) [Optional] The reader can send an adjustment query (QueryAdjust) command to reconfigure a Q value;
(12)接收到QueryAdjust命令且未完成盘点的Tag重新在[0,2Q-1]范围内随机选择一个整数作为计数器;(12) The Tag that has received the QueryAdjust command and has not completed the inventory will randomly select an integer in the range [0, 2Q-1] as the counter;
重复步骤(4)-(12)直至所有Tag盘点完成。Repeat steps (4)-(12) until all Tags are counted.
需要说明的是,为了解决冲突问题,对所有Tag完成一次盘点需要产生大量额外的信令和时间开销,例如,Tag需要等待计数器为0;Tag发送有效数据之前需要不断重复发送RN16,直到该RN16被读写器正确且唯一地识别。It should be noted that in order to solve the conflict problem, completing an inventory of all Tags requires a lot of additional signaling and time overhead. For example, Tags need to wait for the counter to reach 0; before Tags send valid data, they need to repeatedly send RN16 until the RN16 Correctly and uniquely recognized by the reader.
4、获得Tag数量的方法4. How to obtain the number of Tags
4.1:通过3中RFID Tag盘点流程中的盘点流程可以获得读写器覆盖范围内的全部Tag的信息,包括数量、PC/XPC/EPC等。4.1: Through the inventory process in 3 RFID Tag inventory processes, the information of all Tags within the coverage of the reader can be obtained, including quantity, PC/XPC/EPC, etc.
4.2:统计RFID盘点流程中的信道时域观测结果4.2: Statistics of channel time domain observation results in the RFID inventory process
从3中RFID Tag盘点流程中可以看到,读写器在发送Query或者QueryRep后,可能出现没有Tag发送Reply(即所有Tag的计数器都不为0)、只有一个Tag发送Reply(即只有一个Tag的计数器为0),以及多于一个Tag发送Reply(即多于一个Tag的计数器为0)三种情况。当多于一个Tag发送Reply时,它们的信号将相互冲突,令读写器无法解码,这也是传统盘点流程 读取大量Tag时效率低下的原因之一。As can be seen from the RFID Tag inventory process in 3, after the reader sends Query or QueryRep, there may be no Tag to send Reply (that is, the counters of all Tags are not 0), and only one Tag to send Reply (that is, there is only one Tag). The counter is 0), and more than one Tag sends Reply (that is, the counter of more than one Tag is 0). When more than one Tag sends Reply, their signals will conflict with each other, making the reader unable to decode. This is also the traditional inventory process. One of the reasons for inefficiency when reading a large number of tags.
然而,根据接收信号强度RSS,读写器是能够分辨信道空闲(没有Tag发送Reply)和繁忙(至少一个Tag发送Reply)两种情况的。每个Tag在接收到Query或者QueryRep后,统计意义上,发送包含RN16的Reply的概率为2-Q。因此,读写器可以固定Q值,然后统计发送Query或者QueryRep后,信道空闲和繁忙的次数,然后根据下述等式估计Tag的总数量:
However, based on the received signal strength RSS, the reader is able to distinguish between two situations: the channel is idle (no Tag sends Reply) and busy (at least one Tag sends Reply). After each Tag receives a Query or QueryRep, statistically speaking, the probability of sending a Reply containing RN16 is 2 -Q . Therefore, the reader/writer can fix the Q value, then count the number of times the channel is idle and busy after sending Query or QueryRep, and then estimate the total number of Tags according to the following equation:
其中,为Tag数量估计值,K1和K2分别为空闲和繁忙的次数。in, is the estimated number of Tags, K 1 and K 2 are the number of idle and busy times respectively.
需要说明的是,Q值的选择尤为重要,当Q过大或过小时,都会令观测偏向全为空闲或者全为繁忙,令估计结果的置信度很低。It should be noted that the choice of Q value is particularly important. When Q is too large or too small, the observations will be biased towards all idle or all busy, making the confidence of the estimation result very low.
为了解决这一问题,可以将时间划分为多段较长的时间,每段时间称为一步。每一步内,Q值是固定的,读写器统计发送Query或者QueryRep后,信道空闲和繁忙的次数。若观测结果的置信度较低,则读写器将调整Q值,继续进行下一步的观测,直至观测结果符合要求。一般地,可以将Q值设置为随步数增加而增加。In order to solve this problem, time can be divided into multiple longer periods of time, each period of time is called a step. In each step, the Q value is fixed, and the reader counts the number of times the channel is idle and busy after sending Query or QueryRep. If the confidence level of the observation result is low, the reader will adjust the Q value and continue the next observation until the observation result meets the requirements. Generally, the Q value can be set to increase as the number of steps increases.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的设备数量确定方法、装置及电子设备进行详细地说明。The device quantity determination method, device and electronic device provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios.
参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图,如图9所示,设备数量确定方法包括以下步骤:Referring to Figure 9, Figure 9 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
步骤101、第一节点向反向散射通信BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号。Step 101: The first node sends first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal.
其中,所述第一节点可以是基站、UE或读写器。该读写器可以是专用读写器。所述BSC设备可以是RFID Tag,或者无源物联网(Internet of things,IoT)设备,或者半无源IoT设备,或者有源IoT设备等。Wherein, the first node may be a base station, a UE or a reader/writer. The reader may be a dedicated reader. The BSC device may be an RFID Tag, or a passive Internet of things (IoT) device, a semi-passive IoT device, or an active IoT device, etc.
步骤102、所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;Step 102: The first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information;
其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
第三节点发送的第二信息; the second information sent by the third node;
第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
另外,该第三节点可以是基站、UE、中继或读写器,该读写器可以是专用读写器。所述第三节点可以基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,向第一节点发送第二信息;或者,所述第三节点可以基于所述基带IQ信号获得所述BSC设备的数量,向第一节点发送第三信息。In addition, the third node may be a base station, a UE, a relay or a reader/writer, and the reader/writer may be a dedicated reader/writer. The third node may obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device, and send the second information to the first node; or, the third node may obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the baseband IQ signal. The number of BSC devices sends third information to the first node.
另外,所述第三节点可以在目标时段内在目标信号频率上接收BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;进一步的,第三节点可以基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。In addition, the third node can receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device at the target signal frequency within the target period, and obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal; further, the third node can receive the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal. The baseband IQ signals are clustered, and the number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering results.
以所述目标信息包括第三节点发送的第二信息或第三节点发送的第三信息为例,第三节点可以在第一信息发送结束后的T1~T2+T1+△T时间内,在频率f1上接收并测量第一反向散射信号。其中,△T为可选参数,△T可以用于指示BSC设备的第一反向散射信号到达第三节点的最大时延。T1为目标时间间隔,T2为发送第一反向散射信号的总时间,频率f1为所述第一反向散射信号的目标信号频率。Taking the target information including the second information sent by the third node or the third information sent by the third node as an example, the third node can send the first information in the T 1 ~ T 2 + T 1 + ΔT time after the end of sending the first information. Within, the first backscattered signal is received and measured at frequency f1 . Among them, ΔT is an optional parameter, and ΔT can be used to indicate the maximum delay for the first backscattered signal of the BSC device to reach the third node. T 1 is the target time interval, T 2 is the total time for sending the first backscattered signal, and frequency f 1 is the target signal frequency of the first backscattered signal.
另外,所述第三节点可以通过如下至少一项获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息:所述第一节点发送的指示信息;监听到的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号;预设配置。In addition, the third node can obtain the configuration information of the first backscatter signal through at least one of the following: indication information sent by the first node; first information monitored, the first information is used to Instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; preset configuration.
另外,第一节点可以通过第八信息向第三节点指示确定BSC设备的数量所需的辅助信息,该辅助信息可以包括:历史记录的BSC设备反向散射信号的平均接收功率;或者第三节点可以采用默认的用于确定BSC设备的第一数量值所需的辅助信息。In addition, the first node may indicate to the third node the auxiliary information required to determine the number of BSC devices through the eighth information. The auxiliary information may include: the average received power of the historical backscattered signals of the BSC devices; or the third node Default auxiliary information required for determining the first quantity value of the BSC device may be used.
需要说明的是,第一节点和第三节点可以部署在同一个硬件设备上,也可以部署在不同的硬件设备上。示例地,第一节点及第三节点可以均为电子设备,例如可以为终端或网络侧设备。It should be noted that the first node and the third node can be deployed on the same hardware device or on different hardware devices. For example, both the first node and the third node may be electronic devices, such as terminals or network-side devices.
另外,上述BSC设备可以为参与数量估计的BSC设备。应理解,确定 所述BSC设备的数量,也可以称为估计所述BSC设备的数量。In addition, the above-mentioned BSC device may be a BSC device participating in quantity estimation. should be understood, determined The number of BSC devices may also be referred to as estimating the number of BSC devices.
另外,第一信息还可以用于指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息;或者,第一反向散射信号的配置信息预先配置在BSC设备上;或者第一反向散射信号的配置信息可以部分由第一信息指示,部分预先配置在BSC设备上;等等,本实施例对此不进行限定。In addition, the first information can also be used to indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is preconfigured on the BSC device; or the configuration information of the first backscattered signal can be part of Indicated by the first information, some are pre-configured on the BSC device; etc. This embodiment does not limit this.
一种实施方式中,所述BSC设备的数量基于对所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理得到的聚类结果获得。In one implementation, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on a clustering result obtained by clustering the baseband IQ signal.
一种实施方式中,所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量,可以包括:所述第一节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;所述第一节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。所述第一节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,可以包括:所述第一节点基于BSC设备在多轮迭代过程中发送的第一反向散射信号获取所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号;所述第一节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,可以包括:所述第一节点基于所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值;其中,所述BSC设备的数量为所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值。In one implementation, the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, which may include: the first node acquires a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device; the first The node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result. The first node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, which may include: the first node acquires the multiple backscattered signals based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device in multiple rounds of iterations. The baseband IQ signal in the round iteration process; the first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of the BSC devices based on the clustering result, which may include: the first node based on the multiple The baseband IQ signals in the iteration process are clustered, and the sum of the number of devices in the iteration process is determined based on the clustering results; wherein, the number of BSC devices in the iteration process is The sum of the number of devices.
需要说明的是,在多轮迭代过程中,当聚类结果有效且成功估计BSC设备数量后,第一节点可以发送第四信息指示前一轮迭代中发送过第一反向散射信号的BSC设备在后续阶段保持静默,不再参与余下迭代过程。另外,每一轮迭代后,第一节点可重新确定并指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息。It should be noted that during multiple rounds of iterations, when the clustering results are valid and the number of BSC devices is successfully estimated, the first node can send fourth information to indicate the BSC devices that have sent the first backscattering signal in the previous round of iterations. Remain silent during subsequent phases and do not participate in the rest of the iteration. In addition, after each round of iteration, the first node may re-determine and indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
另外,触发所述多轮迭代过程停止迭代的条件包括如下任意一项:In addition, the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
所述聚类结果无效的次数大于或等于第一预设次数;The number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times;
迭代次数大于或等于第二预设次数;The number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number;
迭代总时间大于或等于预设时间;The total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time;
第一节点接收到预设信息。The first node receives the preset information.
一种实施方式中,对所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理得到的聚类结果包括类别数量K’,所述BSC设备的数量可以通过类别数量K’以及第一反向散射 信号的调制阶数K获得,示例地,所述BSC设备的数量Nest为:
Nest=logK(K')。
In one implementation, the clustering result obtained by clustering the baseband IQ signal includes the number of categories K', and the number of BSC devices can be determined by the number of categories K' and the first backscattering The modulation order K of the signal is obtained. For example, the number of BSC devices N est is:
N est =log K (K').
一种实施方式中,获得类别数量K’的过程可以包括:构建样本点:将基带IQ信号表示为二维的数据样本,每一组基带IQ信号记录值(瞬时采样值)对应一个数据样本点;去除异常值,如剔除距离均值过大的数据;平滑数据,如将相邻时刻的数据样本点取均值合并为一个样本点;通过基于密度的聚类方法获得所有数据样本点的类别数量K’。In one implementation, the process of obtaining the number of categories K' may include: constructing sample points: representing the baseband IQ signal as a two-dimensional data sample, and each set of baseband IQ signal record values (instantaneous sampling values) corresponds to one data sample point. ; Remove outliers, such as eliminating data that are too far from the mean; Smooth data, such as taking the average of data sample points at adjacent moments and merging them into one sample point; Obtain the number of categories K of all data sample points through density-based clustering methods '.
需要说明的是,BSC设备的数量不同,则接收到的第一反向散射信号的叠加信号的状态不同,基带IQ信号对应的类别数量K’不同。对于N个BSC设备,调制阶数为K,则叠加信号的总状态数为KN,聚类结果对应在二维平面上的中心点个数为KN,即类别数量K’为KN。可以对基带IQ信号的数据样本进行聚类,得到对应不同叠加信号状态的中心点以及中心点的数量。It should be noted that if the number of BSC devices is different, the state of the superimposed signal of the received first backscattered signal is different, and the number of categories K' corresponding to the baseband IQ signal is different. For N BSC devices, the modulation order is K, then the total number of states of the superimposed signal is K N , and the number of center points corresponding to the clustering result on the two-dimensional plane is K N , that is, the number of categories K' is K N . The data samples of the baseband IQ signal can be clustered to obtain the center points and the number of center points corresponding to different superimposed signal states.
应理解,IQ信号为同相正交信号。I是In-Phase(同相),Q是Quadrature(正交)。该基带IQ信号的获取方式可以包括如下任意一项:采样所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号,对采样结果进行数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;将所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号变频至基带,对变频结果进行采样获取基带IQ信号。It should be understood that the IQ signals are in-phase and quadrature signals. I is In-Phase (in-phase), Q is Quadrature (orthogonal). The method of obtaining the baseband IQ signal may include any of the following: sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain the baseband IQ signal; converting the first backscattered signal The corresponding bandpass signal is frequency converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
另外,所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间可以由所述BSC设备确定;或者所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间基于如下任意一项确定:第一节点发送的第六信息;第二节点发送的第七信息。示例地,以时隙为发送第一反向散射信号的时间单位,BSC设备可自主决定每个时隙的开始;或,由第一节点发送第六信息或第二节点发送第七信息指示每个时隙的开始。In addition, the sending time of the first backscattered signal may be determined by the BSC device; or the sending time of the first backscattered signal may be determined based on any one of the following: the sixth information sent by the first node; The seventh message sent by the second node. For example, the time slot is used as the time unit for sending the first backscatter signal, and the BSC device can independently decide the start of each time slot; or, the first node sends the sixth information or the second node sends the seventh information to indicate that each time slot The beginning of a time slot.
需要说明的是,相关技术中,在RFID反向散射通信系统中,读写器可以执行完整的盘点流程来获得其覆盖范围内的BSC设备(即Tag)的数量;也可以利用BSC设备在盘点流程中发送反向散射信号的动态行为模式与信道的时域观测结果统计值之间的关系来估计BSC设备的数量。对于前者,获得BSC设备的数量需要完整执行盘点流程,当读写器不需要读取Tag的其他信息时,如货物数量估计等应用场景,运行盘点流程来获得BSC设备数量将产生不必要的信令和时间开销。对于后者,因为观测结果的可靠性和置信度严 重依赖BSC设备发送反向散射信号的动态行为模式配置(如Q值的大小),所以需要采用穷搜的方式来获得合适的配置,导致开销呈倍数增加。同时,一次观测对应BSC设备的一次传输机会(如RFID中,读写器发送一次Query或者QueryRep命令),令获得观测结果的时间较长,缺乏应对大量BSC设备的伸缩性。总体而言,相关技术中仍然缺乏兼具可靠和高效的BSC设备数量估计方法。It should be noted that in the related technology, in the RFID backscatter communication system, the reader can perform a complete inventory process to obtain the number of BSC devices (i.e. Tags) within its coverage; it can also use BSC devices to perform inventory The number of BSC devices is estimated based on the relationship between the dynamic behavior pattern of the transmitted backscattered signal in the process and the statistical value of the channel's time domain observation results. For the former, obtaining the number of BSC devices requires a complete inventory process. When the reader does not need to read other information about the Tag, such as cargo quantity estimation and other application scenarios, running the inventory process to obtain the number of BSC devices will generate unnecessary information. Order and time overhead. For the latter, because the reliability and confidence of the observation results are strictly It relies heavily on the dynamic behavior mode configuration (such as the size of the Q value) of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, so an exhaustive search method is needed to obtain the appropriate configuration, resulting in a multiple increase in overhead. At the same time, one observation corresponds to one transmission opportunity of the BSC device (for example, in RFID, the reader sends a Query or QueryRep command), which makes it take a long time to obtain the observation results and lacks the scalability to deal with a large number of BSC devices. Overall, there is still a lack of reliable and efficient BSC equipment quantity estimation methods in the related technology.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中的所述设备数量确定方法可以应用于货物数量估计场景,BSC设备为待估计的货物,所述BSC设备的数量为估计的货物数量。或者所述设备数量确定方法还可以应用于其他估计设备数量的场景,BSC设备为待估计的设备,所述BSC设备的数量为估计的设备数量。It should be understood that the equipment quantity determination method in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the goods quantity estimation scenario, the BSC equipment is the goods to be estimated, and the quantity of the BSC equipment is the estimated goods quantity. Or the method for determining the number of devices can also be applied to other scenarios of estimating the number of devices, where the BSC device is the device to be estimated, and the number of BSC devices is the estimated number of devices.
本申请实施例提出了一种设备数量确定方法,用于估计BSC设备数量,可以通过分析BSC设备同时发送反向散射信号时产生的叠加IQ信号来推断BSC设备数量。具体地,定义了BSC设备和参与数量估计的各节点的配置参数及其指示方法,以及对信号的接收、测量、处理和分析方法。相比于通过盘点流程估计BSC设备数量,本申请实施例能够大幅降低时间开销以及提升估计效率。同时,本申请实施例实现了参数的动态配置和迭代运行方式,能够在应对不同设备数量时保持较高伸缩性。The embodiment of this application proposes a device quantity determination method for estimating the number of BSC devices. The number of BSC devices can be inferred by analyzing the superimposed IQ signal generated when the BSC devices simultaneously send backscatter signals. Specifically, the configuration parameters of the BSC equipment and each node participating in the quantity estimation and their indication methods are defined, as well as the signal reception, measurement, processing and analysis methods. Compared with estimating the number of BSC devices through the inventory process, the embodiment of the present application can significantly reduce time overhead and improve estimation efficiency. At the same time, the embodiments of the present application realize dynamic configuration of parameters and iterative operation mode, and can maintain high scalability when dealing with different numbers of devices.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的设备数量确定方法可应用在反向散射通信系统中,包括RFID、LTE、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)、NR、电气与电子工程师协会(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,IEEE)802.11演进系统等。It should be noted that the method for determining the number of devices in the embodiments of this application can be applied to backscatter communication systems, including RFID, LTE, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT), NR, electrical and electronic Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 evolution system, etc.
在本申请实施例中,第一节点向反向散射通信BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;第三节点发送的第二信息;第三节点发送的第三信息;其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开 销。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node sends the first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the first node is based on the target information. Determine the number of the BSC devices; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscatter signal; second information sent by a third node; Three pieces of information; wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscattered signal can reduce the signaling and time development required to obtain the number of BSC devices. pin.
可选地,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
同步信息;Synchronization information;
第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
其中,上述BSC设备的相关信息,可以包括BSC设备的标识信息。示例地,该BSC设备的相关信息可以包括用于匹配ID、EPC、PC/XPC、内部存储器特定位置内容、传感器结果等内容的掩码。EPC为电子商品码(Eletronic Product Code),PC/XPC为协议控制/扩展协议控制(Protocol Control/Extended Protocol Control)信息。The above-mentioned relevant information of the BSC device may include identification information of the BSC device. For example, the relevant information of the BSC device may include a mask for matching content such as ID, EPC, PC/XPC, internal memory specific location content, sensor results, and the like. EPC is the Electronic Product Code (Eletronic Product Code), and PC/XPC is the Protocol Control/Extended Protocol Control (Protocol Control/Extended Protocol Control) information.
应理解的是,所述BSC设备的相关信息可以用于指示参与数量估计的BSC设备。It should be understood that the relevant information of the BSC device may be used to indicate the BSC devices participating in the quantity estimation.
一种实施方式中,所述BSC设备的相关信息指示的BSC设备可以为第一节点的覆盖范围内的全部BSC设备。In an implementation manner, the BSC devices indicated by the relevant information of the BSC devices may be all BSC devices within the coverage of the first node.
该实施方式中,第一信息指示所述BSC设备的相关信息,从而能够通过第一信息指示参与数量估计的BSC设备;第一信息指示同步信息,从而能够通过该同步信息对齐第一信息;第一信息指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息,从而能够通过第一信息获取第一反向散射信号的配置信息。In this embodiment, the first information indicates relevant information of the BSC device, so that the BSC devices participating in the quantity estimation can be indicated through the first information; the first information indicates synchronization information, so that the first information can be aligned through the synchronization information; A piece of information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, so that the configuration information of the first backscattered signal can be obtained through the first information.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
信号功率信息;Signal power information;
发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
时间约定信息;Time appointment information;
目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
其中,信号功率信息可以用于指示BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号的功 率p1或与功率相关的值,例如,电平、阻抗、反射系数等。发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式可以包括在指定时间或时隙发送信号的概率、发送信号的时域和/或频域图样。以动态模式包括在指定时间或时隙发送信号的概率为例,若概率表示为p,在指定时间或时隙开始前,BSC设备会随机生成一个0~1之间的随机数,若该随机数<p,则在指定的时间或时隙内发送信号。发送总时间信息可以包括BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号的总时间T2或总时隙数量。时间约定信息可以包括时隙的定义,如时隙对应传输一个符号或比特的绝对时间长度,或时隙对应传输机会。传输机会可以是指传输一段BSC设备的数据,长度可以不固定,直至发送结束为时隙结束,对于传输机会,可以是UE自主接入,或者第一节点/第二节点发送额外信令触发。目标信号频率可以是BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号的频率f1。发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型可以包括符合特定模式的随机数据、和/或BSC设备意图上报的数据等。发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数,可以是BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数K。The signal power information may be used to indicate the power of the BSC device to send the first backscattered signal. rate p1 or a power-related value such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc. The dynamic pattern of transmitting the first backscattered signal may include a probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, a time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal. Take the dynamic mode including the probability of sending a signal at a specified time or time slot as an example. If the probability is expressed as p, before the start of the specified time or time slot, the BSC device will randomly generate a random number between 0 and 1. If the random number is number <p, then the signal is sent within the specified time or time slot. The total transmission time information may include the total time T2 or the total number of time slots for the BSC device to transmit the first backscatter signal. The time agreement information may include the definition of the time slot, such as the time slot corresponding to the absolute time length for transmitting one symbol or bit, or the time slot corresponding to the transmission opportunity. The transmission opportunity may refer to transmitting a piece of data of the BSC device. The length may not be fixed until the end of the transmission is the end of the time slot. The transmission opportunity may be triggered by UE autonomous access or by the first node/second node sending additional signaling. The target signal frequency may be the frequency f 1 at which the BSC device sends the first backscattered signal. The data type for sending the first backscatter signal may include random data that conforms to a specific pattern, and/or data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc. The modulation order used to send the first backscattered signal may be the modulation order K used by the BSC device to send the first backscattered signal.
一种实施方式中,目标时间间隔可以是BSC设备接收到第一信息的时间和发送第一反向散射信号的时间之间的时间间隔T1。In one implementation, the target time interval may be the time interval T1 between the time when the BSC device receives the first information and the time when the first backscatter signal is sent.
可选地,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
导频信号;pilot signal;
前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
系统时间信息;System time information;
分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
一种实施方式中,前导序列信息可以包括前导序列,示例地,前导序列信息可以包括Barker序列,或者ZC序列等。In one implementation, the preamble sequence information may include a preamble sequence. For example, the preamble sequence information may include a Barker sequence, a ZC sequence, or the like.
一种实施方式中,系统时间信息可以包括系统帧序号(System frame number,SFN),或者时隙计数器,或者时隙序号等。In one implementation, the system time information may include a system frame number (SFN), a time slot counter, or a time slot number, etc.
一种实施方式中,分隔符信息可以包括结束分隔符,便于BSC设备对齐第一信息结束的位置。In one implementation, the delimiter information may include an end delimiter to facilitate the BSC device to align the end position of the first information.
可选地,所述第一信息指示所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息的方式包括: Optionally, the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
直接指示,或指示多组配置信息中的一组;Directly indicate, or indicate one set of multiple sets of configuration information;
和/或and / or
显式指示,或隐式指示。Explicit instructions, or implicit instructions.
一种实施方式中,所述第一信息可以显式指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息;或者第一信息可以隐式指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息。In one implementation, the first information may explicitly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the first information may implicitly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
其中,显式指示可以是直接指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息,隐式指示可以是通过指示关联的信息间接指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息。The explicit indication may be configuration information that directly indicates the first backscattered signal, and the implicit indication may be configuration information that indirectly indicates the first backscattered signal by indicating associated information.
一种实施方式中,第一信息可以直接指示第一反向散射信号的配置信息;或者第一信息可以指示预设的多组配置信息中的一组,作为第一反向散射信号的配置信息。In one implementation, the first information may directly indicate the configuration information of the first backscattered signal; or the first information may indicate one of multiple preset sets of configuration information as the configuration information of the first backscattered signal. .
可选地,所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:Optionally, the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, including:
所述第一节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。The first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
一种实施方式中,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:在确定聚类结果有效的情况下,基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂;所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。In one embodiment, determining the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results includes: determining the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results when it is determined that the clustering results are valid; wherein, the clustering The conditions for the result to be valid include at least one of the following: the clustering result is a positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattering signal; the category center point of the clustering result satisfies preset characteristics; The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics.
其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂;所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。Wherein, the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following: the clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattering signal; the category center point of the clustering result Meet the preset characteristics; the characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics.
另外,聚类结果可以包括类别数量,例如,BSC设备采用2阶调制时,聚类后的类别数量满足2n,则可以认为聚类结果有效,n为任意正整数。所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征,该预设特征可以是非病态特征,病态特征可以包括:中心点在二维平面上的任意连线不能构成规则多边形、最邻近或最远的两个中心点的距离小于或大于约定阈值等。所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配,该噪声特征可以是测量到的基带IQ信号平均功率接近噪声功率,或者所有数据样本的方差接近噪声功率。In addition, the clustering result may include the number of categories. For example, when the BSC device adopts second-order modulation, and the number of categories after clustering satisfies 2 n , the clustering result can be considered valid, and n is any positive integer. The category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics. The preset characteristics may be non-pathological characteristics. The pathological characteristics may include: any connection line between the center points on the two-dimensional plane cannot form a regular polygon, the nearest neighbor or the farthest. The distance between two center points is less than or greater than the agreed threshold, etc. The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the noise characteristics. The noise characteristics may be that the measured average power of the baseband IQ signal is close to the noise power, or the variance of all data samples is close to the noise power.
一种实施方式中,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括: 基于聚类结果及所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数确定所述BSC设备的数量。In one implementation, determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes: The number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
该实施方式中,所述第一节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,这样,能够通过所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号的聚类结果确定BSC设备的数量,从而能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In this implementation, the first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result. In this way, the baseband IQ obtained through the first backscattered signal The clustering result of the signal determines the number of BSC devices, thereby reducing the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
可选地,所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量之后,所述方法还包括:Optionally, after the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, the method further includes:
所述第一节点向所述BSC设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The first node sends fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
该实施方式中,所述第一节点向所述BSC设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号,从而能够避免已完成数量估计的BSC设备再次参与数量估计过程,能够较为准确地估计BSC设备的数量。In this implementation, the first node sends fourth information to the BSC device, and the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals, so that It can prevent BSC equipment that has completed quantity estimation from participating in the quantity estimation process again, and can estimate the quantity of BSC equipment more accurately.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息基于所述BSC设备的参考数量确定。Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
该实施方式中,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息基于所述BSC设备的参考数量确定,从而能够通过所述BSC设备的参考数量确定的第一反向散射信号确定所述BSC设备的数量值,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In this embodiment, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device, so that the first backscattered signal determined by the reference number of the BSC device can be determined. Quantity value can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
可选地,所述BSC设备的参考数量基于如下至少一项确定:Optionally, the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
所述第一节点或第三节点存储的所述BSC设备的历史信息;Historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node;
所述BSC设备发送的第二反向散射信号的测量结果。The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
其中,测量结果也可以称为测量信息。测量结果可以包括接收信号强度RSS,基于接收信号强度RSS估计BSC设备数量的参考数量。所述RSS可以包括参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP),和/或,参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Received Quality,RSRQ)等与接收信号功率有关的测量量。示例地,可以指示BSC设备以指定的功率、时间、频率等参数发送第二反向散射信号。 Among them, the measurement results can also be called measurement information. The measurement results may include received signal strength RSS, a reference number for estimating the number of BSC devices based on the received signal strength RSS. The RSS may include measurement quantities related to received signal power such as Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and/or Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ). For example, the BSC device may be instructed to send the second backscattered signal with specified power, time, frequency and other parameters.
示例地,测量结果可以包括信号质量,假设测量的第一反向散射信号的信号质量对应的接收功率为P1,历史记录的BSC设备平均接收功率为Pavg,可以确定BSC设备的参考数量为:Nref=P1/PavgFor example, the measurement results may include signal quality. Assume that the received power corresponding to the measured signal quality of the first backscattered signal is P 1 and the historical average received power of BSC devices is P avg . The reference number of BSC devices can be determined as :N ref =P 1 /P avg .
该实施方式中,通过所述第一节点或第三节点存储的所述BSC设备的历史信息确定所述BSC设备的参考数量,从而能够较为快捷地确定所述BSC设备的参考数量;通过所述BSC设备发送的第二反向散射信号的测量结果确定所述BSC设备的参考数量,从而能够通过BSC设备两次发送的反向散射信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In this embodiment, the reference number of the BSC device is determined through the historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node, so that the reference number of the BSC device can be determined relatively quickly; through the The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device determines the reference number of the BSC device, so that the number of BSC devices can be determined through the backscattered signals sent twice by the BSC device, which can reduce the need to obtain the number of BSC devices. signaling and time overhead.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号基于激励信号发送,所述激励信号为所述第一节点或第二节点发送。Optionally, the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
其中,上述激励信号可以为连续载波CW。第一节点可以向BSC设备发送激励信号;或者,第一节点可以向第二节点发送第五信息,指示第二节点向BSC设备发送激励信号;或者,第二节点可以监听第一信息获取发送激励信号的相关配置,向BSC设备发送激励信号。Wherein, the above excitation signal may be a continuous carrier wave CW. The first node may send an excitation signal to the BSC device; or the first node may send fifth information to the second node, instructing the second node to send an excitation signal to the BSC device; or the second node may listen to the first information to obtain the sending excitation. Related configuration of signals, sending excitation signals to BSC equipment.
这样,BSC设备可以使用第一节点或者第二节点发送的激励信号,根据第一反向散射信号的配置信息发送第一反向散射信号。从而提供激励信号的节点和发送第一信息(即控制命令)的节点可以为同一节点,或者可以是不同节点。In this way, the BSC device can use the excitation signal sent by the first node or the second node to send the first backscattered signal according to the configuration information of the first backscattered signal. Therefore, the node that provides the excitation signal and the node that sends the first information (ie, the control command) can be the same node, or they can be different nodes.
可选地,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于所述第一节点发送的第五信息发送,或者,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于监听到的第一信息发送,所述第五信息用于指示所述第二节点向所述BSC设备发送所述激励信号。Optionally, the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
需要说明的是,第一节点和第二节点可以部署在同一个硬件设备上,也可以部署在不同的硬件设备上。示例地,第一节点及第二节点可以均为电子设备,例如可以为终端或网络侧设备。It should be noted that the first node and the second node can be deployed on the same hardware device or on different hardware devices. For example, both the first node and the second node may be electronic devices, such as terminals or network-side devices.
该实施方式中,第二节点监听第一信息获取发送激励信号的相关配置,向BSC设备发送激励信号,BSC设备基于该激励信号发送第一反向散射信号;或者,所述第一节点向所述第二节点发送第五信息,指示所述第二节点向所述BSC设备发送所述激励信号,由第二节点向BSC设备发送激励信号,实 现提供激励信号的节点和发送控制命令的节点分离。In this embodiment, the second node monitors the first information to obtain the relevant configuration for sending the excitation signal, sends the excitation signal to the BSC device, and the BSC device sends the first backscattering signal based on the excitation signal; or, the first node sends the excitation signal to the BSC device. The second node sends fifth information to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device, and the second node sends the excitation signal to the BSC device. The nodes that provide excitation signals and the nodes that send control commands are now separated.
可选地,所述BSC设备接收到的信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
目标控制命令、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC),媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制单元(Control Element,CE),下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI),侧链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI),物理帧前导(preamble);Target control command, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC), medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE), downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), side link control Information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), physical frame preamble (preamble);
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
目标无线信号波形,物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH),物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH),物理副链路控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel,PSCCH),物理副链路共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH),物理帧。Target wireless signal waveform, Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH), Physical Sidelink Shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH), physical frame.
其中,所述BSC设备接收到的信息可以包括第一信息、第四信息、第六信息、第七信息中的一项或多项。The information received by the BSC device may include one or more of first information, fourth information, sixth information, and seventh information.
另外,目标控制命令可以为专用控制命令。目标无线信号波形可以为专用无线信号波形,例如,脉冲宽度编码(Pulse Interval Encoding,PIE)编码的幅移键控(Amplitude Shift Keying,ASK)调制信号。In addition, the target control command may be a dedicated control command. The target wireless signal waveform may be a dedicated wireless signal waveform, for example, a pulse width encoding (Pulse Interval Encoding, PIE) encoded amplitude shift keying (ASK) modulated signal.
可选地,所述第一节点、第二节点及第三节点之间的交互信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
RRC,MAC CE,DCI,上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information,UCI),SCI;RRC, MAC CE, DCI, Uplink Control Information (UCI), SCI;
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
PDSCH,物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH),PDCCH,物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH),PSCCH,PSSCH。PDSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), PDCCH, Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), PSCCH, PSSCH.
其中,所述第一节点、第二节点及第三节点之间的交互信息可以包括第二信息、第三信息、第五信息、第八信息中的一项或多项。The interactive information between the first node, the second node and the third node may include one or more of second information, third information, fifth information and eighth information.
参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图,如图10所示,设备数量确定方法包括以下步骤:Referring to Figure 10, Figure 10 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
步骤201、第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ 信号;Step 201: The third node obtains the baseband IQ based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device. Signal;
步骤202、所述第三节点向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;Step 202: The third node sends second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述第三节点向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before the third node sends the second information or the third information to the first node, the method further includes:
所述第三节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
可选地,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:Optionally, determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
基于聚类结果及所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数确定所述BSC设备的数量。The number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:Optionally, determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
在确定聚类结果有效的情况下,基于所述聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量;If the clustering result is determined to be valid, determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result;
其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂;The clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal;
所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;The category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics;
所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
可选地,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,包括:Optionally, the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, including:
所述第三节点在目标时段内在目标信号频率上接收BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号;The third node receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device on the target signal frequency within the target period;
所述第三节点基于所述第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号。The third node acquires a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息确定;或者Optionally, the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal; or
所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息及目标时间间隔确定,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第 一反向散射信号。The target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval. The target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the A backscattered signal.
可选地,所述基带IQ信号的获取方式包括如下任意一项:Optionally, the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
采样所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号,对采样结果进行数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;Sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, and performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain a baseband IQ signal;
将所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号变频至基带,对变频结果进行采样获取基带IQ信号。The bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, the method further includes:
所述第三节点获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息,并基于所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息接收所述BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号。The third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第三节点通过如下至少一项获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息:Optionally, the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
所述第一节点发送的指示信息;Instruction information sent by the first node;
监听到的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号;The first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
预设配置。Default configuration.
可选地,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,包括:Optionally, the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, including:
所述第三节点基于BSC设备在多轮迭代过程中发送的第一反向散射信号获取所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号;The third node acquires the baseband IQ signal in the multi-round iteration process based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device in the multi-round iteration process;
所述第三节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results, including:
所述第三节点基于所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值;The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multi-round iteration process, and determines the sum of the number of devices in the multi-round iteration process based on the clustering results;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量为所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
可选地,触发所述多轮迭代过程停止迭代的条件包括如下任意一项:Optionally, the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
所述聚类结果无效的次数大于或等于第一预设次数;The number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times;
迭代次数大于或等于第二预设次数;The number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number;
迭代总时间大于或等于预设时间; The total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time;
所述第三节点接收到预设信息。The third node receives the preset information.
需要说明的是,本实施例作为与图9所示的实施例中对应的第三节点的实施方式,其具体的实施方式可以参见图9所示的实施例的相关说明,为避免重复说明,本实施例不再赘述。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。It should be noted that this embodiment is an implementation of the third node corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 9. For its specific implementation, please refer to the relevant description of the embodiment shown in Figure 9. To avoid repeated description, No further details will be given in this embodiment. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定方法的流程图,如图11所示,设备数量确定方法包括以下步骤:Referring to Figure 11, Figure 11 is a flow chart of a method for determining the number of devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the method for determining the number of devices includes the following steps:
步骤301、BSC设备接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;Step 301: The BSC device receives the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
步骤302、所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。Step 302: The BSC device sends the first backscattered signal, and the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, where the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, so The baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
同步信息;Synchronization information;
第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
信号功率信息;Signal power information;
发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
可选地,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
导频信号;pilot signal;
前导序列信息; leader sequence information;
系统时间信息;System time information;
分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
可选地,所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号之后,所述方法还包括:Optionally, after the BSC device sends the first backscatter signal, the method further includes:
所述BSC设备接收所述第一节点发送的第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The BSC device receives the fourth information sent by the first node, and the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send the backscatter signal.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间由所述BSC设备确定;Optionally, the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined by the BSC device;
或者所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间基于如下任意一项确定:Or the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined based on any of the following:
第一节点发送的第六信息;The sixth information sent by the first node;
第二节点发送的第七信息。The seventh message sent by the second node.
需要说明的是,本实施例作为与图9所示的实施例中对应的BSC设备的实施方式,其具体的实施方式可以参见图9所示的实施例的相关说明,为避免重复说明,本实施例不再赘述。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。It should be noted that this embodiment is an implementation of the BSC device corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 9. For its specific implementation, please refer to the relevant description of the embodiment shown in Figure 9. To avoid repeated explanation, this embodiment The embodiments will not be described again. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
下面通过六个具体的实施例对本申请实施例的设备数量确定方法进行说明:The following describes the method for determining the number of devices in the embodiment of the present application through six specific embodiments:
下面六个实施例以两种架构为例进行描述,包括单基地系统架构(例如,第一节点、第二节点及第三节点部署在同一个读写器上)以及解耦的蜂窝组网架构(例如,第一节点、第二节点及第三节点部署在不同设备上),还可以拓展到双基地系统架构和其他蜂窝组网架构中。The following six embodiments are described using two architectures as examples, including a single-base system architecture (for example, the first node, the second node, and the third node are deployed on the same reader/writer) and a decoupled cellular network architecture. (For example, the first node, the second node and the third node are deployed on different devices), and can also be expanded to dual-base system architecture and other cellular network architectures.
实施例1:Example 1:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于单基地系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为相同设备,以第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为读写器为例展开描述,此外,本实施例考虑读写器已存储有关于BSC设备数量的历史信息,已知BSC设备数量的参考值。本实施例的具体流程如下:In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device. The three nodes are reader-writers as an example for description. In addition, this embodiment considers that the reader-writer has stored historical information about the number of BSC devices and the reference value of the number of BSC devices is known. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
(1)读写器确定BSC设备发送反向散射信号的参数;(1) The reader determines the parameters of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device;
(1a)所述参数包括以下至少一项: (1a) The parameters include at least one of the following:
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的功率p1或与功率相关的值,如电平、阻抗、反射系数等;The power p 1 of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device or a value related to the power, such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc.;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的动态模式,如在指定时间或时隙发送信号的概率、发送信号的时域和/或频域图样;The dynamic pattern of the backscattered signal transmitted by the BSC device, such as the probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, the time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的总时间T2或总时隙数量;The total time T 2 or the total number of time slots for the BSC device to send backscatter signals;
时隙的定义,如时隙对应传输一个符号或比特的绝对时间长度,或时隙对应传输机会;The definition of a time slot, such as a time slot corresponding to the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, or a time slot corresponding to a transmission opportunity;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的频率f1The frequency f 1 at which the BSC device sends backscattered signals;
BSC设备接收命令与发送反向散射信号的时间间隔T1The time interval T 1 between the BSC device receiving the command and sending the backscatter signal;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的数据类型,如符合特定模式的随机数据、BSC设备意图上报的数据等;The data type of the backscatter signal sent by the BSC device, such as random data that conforms to a specific pattern, data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc.;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的调制阶数K。The BSC device sends the modulation order K of the backscattered signal.
(1b)确定所述参数的示例方法如下:(1b) An example method of determining said parameters is as follows:
对于频率,频率f1可以是激励信号(如CW)的频率;或与激励信号的频率不同;For frequency, frequency f 1 can be the frequency of the excitation signal (such as CW); or it can be different from the frequency of the excitation signal;
对于功率,p1可选择为一个远大于该频率对应信道噪声功率(记为N0)的值,如令p1=N0+3dB;For power, p 1 can be selected as a value that is much larger than the channel noise power corresponding to the frequency (denoted as N 0 ), for example, let p 1 =N 0 +3dB;
对于动态模式,定义T2或所有时隙为一步,BSC设备在一步内发送反向散射信号的概率为pa,可以选择pa<<Nmax/Nref。其中,Nmax为读写器支持的可从基带IQ信号正确估计设备数量数的最大值,其参考值为Nmax=logK(Kmax),Kmax为读写器可以正确聚类的由基带IQ信号构建的二维数据样本的最大类别数,Nref为BSC设备数量的参考值,其中,“<<”表征远小于;For the dynamic mode, define T 2 or all time slots as one step. The probability that the BSC device sends a backscattered signal within one step is pa . You can choose pa <<N max /N ref . Among them, N max is the maximum value supported by the reader and writer that can correctly estimate the number of devices from the baseband IQ signal. Its reference value is N max =log K (K max ), and K max is the reason why the reader can correctly cluster. The maximum number of categories of two-dimensional data samples constructed from the baseband IQ signal, N ref is the reference value for the number of BSC devices, where "<<" indicates that it is much less than;
对于时隙,时隙的定义可以是传输一个符号或比特的绝对时间长度,如用开关键控(On-Off Keying,OOK)调制发送1bit所需时间;或是一次传输机会,如发送一次临时标识(如RN16)、PC/XPC/EPC等数据包;For time slots, the definition of a time slot can be the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, such as the time required to send 1 bit using On-Off Keying (OOK) modulation; or a transmission opportunity, such as sending a temporary Identification (such as RN16), PC/XPC/EPC and other data packages;
对于总时隙数量,可以任意取值,可在读写器可接受最大时延范围内取最大值,此处不作展开;For the total number of time slots, you can take any value, and you can take the maximum value within the maximum acceptable delay range of the reader and writer, which will not be expanded here;
对于时间间隔,取决于BSC设备能力,此处不作限定;The time interval depends on the BSC equipment capability and is not limited here;
对于数据类型,取决于是否需要同时收集BSC设备上报的数据,可以选 择让BSC设备发送符合特定模式的随机数据(即无意义的数据);或,让BSC设备发送意图上报的数据;For the data type, depending on whether the data reported by the BSC device needs to be collected at the same time, you can choose Choose to let the BSC device send random data that conforms to a specific pattern (i.e., meaningless data); or, let the BSC device send data intended to be reported;
对于调制阶数K,默认为2阶调制(如OOK调制),也可以是其他调制阶数,此处不作限定。For the modulation order K, the default is 2nd order modulation (such as OOK modulation), and it can also be other modulation orders, which are not limited here.
(2)读写器发送命令,选择并指示BSC设备发送反向散射信号;(2) The reader/writer sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send backscattered signals;
其中,该BSC设备默认选择读写器覆盖范围内的全部BSC设备;Among them, the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
可选地,命令指示匹配字段和/或匹配条件,收到命令的BSC设备根据给定的匹配条件将自身信息与匹配字段进行匹配,匹配成功的BSC设备将继续参与余下流程;Optionally, the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition. The BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition. The BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
可选地,命令指示BSC设备发送反向散射信号的部分或全部配置,即步骤(1a)所述参数;Optionally, the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the backscatter signal, that is, the parameters described in step (1a);
可选地,若命令仅指示部分配置或未有指示配置,则BSC设备采用约定的默认配置;Optionally, if the command indicates only part of the configuration or no configuration is indicated, the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration;
可选地,命令指示同步信息,如前导序列、系统时间信息、结束分隔符等。Optionally, the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
(3)读写器向BSC设备发送激励信号,例如激励信号。(3) The reader/writer sends an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device.
(4)BSC设备根据步骤(1a)所述参数利用步骤(3)所述激励信号发送反向散射信号;(4) The BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (3) to send a backscatter signal according to the parameters in step (1a);
其中,BSC设备可自主确定每个时隙的开始;或,读写器在每个时隙的开始前,停止发送激励信号,向BSC设备发送命令指示时隙的开始,BSC设备间隔T1发送反向散射信号。Among them, the BSC device can independently determine the start of each time slot; or the reader stops sending the excitation signal before the start of each time slot, sends a command to the BSC device to indicate the start of the time slot, and the BSC device sends an interval of T 1 Backscattered signal.
(5)读写器接收并测量反向散射信号,得到测量信息;(5) The reader/writer receives and measures the backscattered signal to obtain measurement information;
其中,读写器接收并测量反向散射信号可以包括:Among them, the reader/writer receiving and measuring the backscattered signal may include:
采样并记录带通信号,通过数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;或,将带通信号下变频至基带,采样并记录基带IQ信号;Sampling and recording the bandpass signal, and obtaining the baseband IQ signal through digital signal processing; or, downconverting the bandpass signal to baseband, sampling and recording the baseband IQ signal;
可选地,若频率f1和激励信号频率相同,可以对原始带通信号,和/或采样后的带通信号,和/或采样前的基带IQ信号,和/或采样后的基带IQ信号进行干扰消除,消除激励信号造成的干扰。Optionally, if the frequency f 1 is the same as the frequency of the excitation signal, the original bandpass signal, and/or the bandpass signal after sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal before sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal after sampling can be Interference cancellation is performed to eliminate the interference caused by the excitation signal.
(6)读写器根据步骤(1a)所述参数以及步骤(5)得到的测量信息, 估计BSC设备数量;(6) The reader/writer uses the parameters described in step (1a) and the measurement information obtained in step (5), Estimate the number of BSC equipment;
具体包括:Specifically include:
(6a)构建样本点:将基带IQ信号表示为二维的数据样本,每一组基带IQ信号记录值(瞬时采样值)对应一个数据样本点;(6a) Construct sample points: Represent the baseband IQ signal as a two-dimensional data sample, and each set of baseband IQ signal record values (instantaneous sampling values) corresponds to a data sample point;
(6b)可选地,去除异常值,如剔除距离均值过大的数据;(6b) Optionally, remove outliers, such as removing data that is too far from the mean;
(6c)可选地,平滑数据,如将相邻时刻的数据样本点取均值合并为一个样本点;(6c) Optionally, smooth the data, such as taking the average of data sample points at adjacent moments and merging them into one sample point;
(6d)通过基于密度的聚类方法获得所有数据样本点的类别数量;(6d) Obtain the number of categories of all data sample points through density-based clustering method;
(6e)判断聚类结果是否合法,若聚类结果不合法则本次BSC设备数量估计过程失败,否则继续步骤(6f)。其中,确定聚类结果不合法的条件包括以下至少一项:(6e) Determine whether the clustering result is legal. If the clustering result is illegal, the BSC device quantity estimation process will fail. Otherwise, continue to step (6f). Among them, the conditions for determining that the clustering result is illegal include at least one of the following:
第一项:通过步骤(6d)获得的类别数量不是发送第二反向散射信号的调制阶数K的正整数幂的结果,如BSC设备采用2阶调制时,聚类后的类别数量需满足2n,其中n为任意正整数;The first item: The number of categories obtained through step (6d) is not the result of the positive integer power of the modulation order K of the second backscattering signal. For example, when the BSC equipment adopts 2-order modulation, the number of categories after clustering needs to satisfy 2 n , where n is any positive integer;
第二项:聚类后的类别中心点呈现病态特征,如中心点在二维平面上的任意连线不能构成规则多边形、最邻近或最远的两个中心点的距离小于或大于约定阈值等;The second item: The clustered category center points show ill-posed characteristics, such as any connection of the center points on the two-dimensional plane cannot form a regular polygon, the distance between the nearest or farthest two center points is less than or greater than the agreed threshold, etc. ;
第三项:通过步骤(5)获得的测量信息仅包含噪声,如通过步骤(5)测量到的基带IQ信号平均功率接近噪声功率、所有数据样本的方差接近噪声功率。The third item: The measurement information obtained through step (5) only contains noise. For example, the average power of the baseband IQ signal measured through step (5) is close to the noise power, and the variance of all data samples is close to the noise power.
(6f)根据步骤(6d)获得的聚类得到的类别数量K’以及反向散射信号的调制阶数K得到BSC设备数量Nest
Nest=logK(K')
(6f) Obtain the number of BSC devices N est according to the number of categories K' obtained from the clustering obtained in step (6d) and the modulation order K of the backscattered signal:
N est =log K (K')
(7)可选地,重复迭代执行步骤(1)-(6),直至满足条件停止迭代;(7) Optionally, repeat iterative steps (1)-(6) until the conditions are met to stop iteration;
当聚类结果合法且成功估计BSC设备数量后,读写器发送命令指示前一轮迭代中发送过反向散射信号的BSC设备在后续阶段保持静默,不再参与余下过程;When the clustering result is legal and the number of BSC devices is successfully estimated, the reader sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
所述停止迭代的条件可以是步骤(6e)中第三项所述条件触发次数达到约定阈值,也就是通过步骤(5)获得的测量信息仅包含噪声的次数达到约定 阈值;或,迭代次数达到约定阈值;或,迭代总时间达到约定阈值等;The condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) reaches the agreed threshold, that is, the measurement information obtained through step (5) only contains noise reaches the agreed number of times. threshold; or, the number of iterations reaches the agreed threshold; or, the total iteration time reaches the agreed threshold, etc.;
迭代停止后,所有BSC设备的数量估计值为每一轮迭代得到的BSC设备估计值之和。After the iteration stops, the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each iteration.
可选地,每一轮迭代后,读写器重新确定并指示步骤(1a)所述参数;Optionally, after each round of iteration, the reader/writer re-determines and indicates the parameters described in step (1a);
例如,重新选择pa,令pa<<Nmax/N′ref,其中,N′ref=Nref-NestFor example, reselect pa so that pa <<N max /N' ref , where N' ref =N ref -N est .
(8)以上步骤中,读写器向BSC设备发送的信息或命令可被包含于专用控制命令、RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、SCI、物理帧preamble等至少一种信令,可被专用无线信号波形(如PIE编码的ASK调制信号)、PDSCH、PDCCH、PSCCH、PSSCH、物理帧至少一种方式承载。(8) In the above steps, the information or commands sent by the reader to the BSC device can be included in at least one signaling such as dedicated control commands, RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, SCI, physical frame preamble, etc., and can be dedicated Wireless signal waveforms (such as PIE-encoded ASK modulated signals), PDSCH, PDCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH, and physical frames are carried in at least one way.
实施例2:Example 2:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于单基地系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为相同设备,以第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为读写器为例展开描述,此外,本实施例考虑读写器未知BSC设备数量的参考值。本实施例的具体流程如下:In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device. The three nodes are readers and writers as an example to expand the description. In addition, this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the reader and writer. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
本实施例和实施1的大部分流程相同,为避免赘述,仅将差异步骤示出,差异步骤如下:Most of the processes in this embodiment are the same as those in Embodiment 1. To avoid redundancy, only the different steps are shown. The different steps are as follows:
步骤(1b),将步骤(1b)中的第三项关于动态模式的描述修改为,对于动态模式,定义T2或所有时隙为一步,BSC设备在一步内发送反向散射信号的概率为pa,可以选择为(0,1)中的任意值为pa的默认值,如0.5;Step (1b), modify the description of the third item in step (1b) about the dynamic mode to: for the dynamic mode, define T 2 or all time slots as one step, and the probability that the BSC device sends the backscatter signal in one step is p a , you can choose any value in (0, 1) as the default value of p a , such as 0.5;
步骤(7),将步骤(7)修改为:重复迭代执行步骤(1)-(6),直至满足条件停止迭代;Step (7), modify step (7) to: repeat and iteratively execute steps (1)-(6) until the conditions are met to stop iteration;
当聚类结果合法且成功估计BSC设备数量后,读写器发送命令指示前一轮迭代中发送过反向散射信号的BSC设备在后续阶段保持静默,不再参与余下过程;When the clustering result is legal and the number of BSC devices is successfully estimated, the reader sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
所述停止迭代的条件可以是步骤(6e)中第三项所述条件触发次数达到约定阈值;或,迭代次数达到约定阈值;或,迭代总时间达到约定阈值等;The condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) reaches an agreed threshold; or the number of iterations reaches an agreed threshold; or the total iteration time reaches an agreed threshold, etc.;
迭代停止后,所有BSC设备的数量估计值为每一轮迭代得到的BSC设备估计值之和;After the iteration stops, the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each iteration;
每一轮迭代后,读写器重新确定并指示pa,如图12所示,一种可能的 pa调整方式如下:After each iteration, the reader re-determines and indicates p a , as shown in Figure 12, a possible The adjustment method of p a is as follows:
若聚类结果不合法且步骤(6e)中第三项所述条件不成立,即第一种情况,则令pa=βpa,其中β为小于1大于0的缩放值;If the clustering result is illegal and the third condition in step (6e) does not hold, that is, the first case, let p a = βp a , where β is a scaling value less than 1 and greater than 0;
若聚类结果合法且类别数量小于约定阈值,或聚类结果不合法且步骤(6e)中第三项所述条件成立时,即第二种情况,令pa=min(αpa,1),其中α为大于1的缩放值,min(·,·)表示取括号中两值中的较小值;If the clustering result is legal and the number of categories is less than the agreed threshold, or the clustering result is illegal and the third condition in step (6e) is true, that is the second case, let p a =min(αp a ,1) , where α is a scaling value greater than 1, min(·,·) means taking the smaller of the two values in parentheses;
对于除第一种情况及第二种情况外的第三种情况,保持pa不变;For the third case except the first and second cases, keep p a unchanged;
可选地,可以用多次迭代的平均结果来调整pa,此处不赘述。Optionally, the average result of multiple iterations can be used to adjust p a , which will not be described here.
实施例3:Example 3:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于蜂窝系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为不同设备,以第一节点为基站、第二节点为UE、第三节点为中继为例展开描述,此外,本实施例考虑基站已存储有关于BSC设备数量的历史信息,已知BSC设备数量的参考值。本实施例的具体流程如下:In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description. In addition, this embodiment considers that the base station has stored historical information about the number of BSC devices and the reference value of the number of BSC devices is known. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
(1)基站确定BSC设备发送反向散射信号的参数;(1) The base station determines the parameters for the backscattered signal sent by the BSC equipment;
(1a)所述参数包括以下至少一项:(1a) The parameters include at least one of the following:
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的功率p1或与功率相关的值,如电平、阻抗、反射系数等;The power p 1 of the backscattered signal sent by the BSC device or a value related to the power, such as level, impedance, reflection coefficient, etc.;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的动态模式,如在指定时间或时隙发送信号的概率、发送信号的时域和/或频域图样;The dynamic pattern of the backscattered signal transmitted by the BSC device, such as the probability of transmitting the signal at a specified time or time slot, the time domain and/or frequency domain pattern of the transmitted signal;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的总时间T2或总时隙数量;The total time T 2 or the total number of time slots for the BSC device to send backscatter signals;
时隙的定义,如时隙对应传输一个符号或比特的绝对时间长度,或时隙对应传输机会;The definition of a time slot, such as a time slot corresponding to the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, or a time slot corresponding to a transmission opportunity;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的频率f1The frequency f 1 at which the BSC device sends backscattered signals;
BSC设备接收命令与发送反向散射信号的时间间隔T1The time interval T 1 between the BSC device receiving the command and sending the backscatter signal;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的数据类型,如符合特定模式的随机数据、BSC设备意图上报的数据等;The data type of the backscatter signal sent by the BSC device, such as random data that conforms to a specific pattern, data intended to be reported by the BSC device, etc.;
BSC设备发送反向散射信号的调制阶数K。The BSC device sends the modulation order K of the backscattered signal.
(1b)确定所述参数的示例方法如下: (1b) An example method of determining said parameters is as follows:
对于频率,频率f1可以是激励信号的频率;或与激励信号的频率不同;For frequency, the frequency f 1 can be the frequency of the excitation signal; or it can be different from the frequency of the excitation signal;
对于功率,p1可选择为一个远大于该频率对应信道噪声功率(记为N0)的值,如令p1=N0+3dB;For power, p 1 can be selected as a value that is much larger than the channel noise power corresponding to the frequency (denoted as N 0 ), for example, let p 1 =N 0 +3dB;
对于动态模式,定义T2或所有时隙为一步,BSC设备在一步内发送反向散射信号的概率为pa,可以选择pa<<Nmax/Nref。其中,Nmax为基站支持的可从基带IQ信号正确估计设备数量数的最大值,其参考值为Nmax=logK(Kmax),Kmax为基站可以正确聚类的由基带IQ信号构建的二维数据样本的最大类别数,其中,“<<”表征远小于;For the dynamic mode, define T 2 or all time slots as one step. The probability that the BSC device sends a backscattered signal within one step is pa . You can choose pa <<N max /N ref . Among them, N max is the maximum value supported by the base station that can correctly estimate the number of devices from the baseband IQ signal. Its reference value is N max =log K (K max ). K max is the base station that can correctly cluster the number of devices constructed from the baseband IQ signal. The maximum number of categories of two-dimensional data samples, where "<<" indicates that it is much smaller than;
对于时隙,时隙的定义可以是传输一个符号或比特的绝对时间长度,如用OOK调制发送1bit所需时间;或是一次传输机会,如发送一次临时标识(如RN16)、PC/XPC/EPC等数据包;For time slots, the definition of a time slot can be the absolute length of time to transmit a symbol or bit, such as the time required to send 1 bit using OOK modulation; or a transmission opportunity, such as sending a temporary identifier (such as RN16), PC/XPC/ EPC and other data packages;
对于总时隙数量,可以任意取值,可在基站可接受最大时延范围内取最大值,此处不作展开;The total number of time slots can be any value, and the maximum value can be taken within the maximum acceptable delay range of the base station, which will not be expanded here;
对于时间间隔,取决于BSC设备能力,此处不作限定;The time interval depends on the BSC equipment capability and is not limited here;
对于数据类型,取决于是否需要同时收集BSC设备上报的数据,可以选择让BSC设备发送符合特定模式的随机数据(即无意义的数据);或,让BSC设备发送意图上报的数据;Regarding the data type, depending on whether the data reported by the BSC device needs to be collected at the same time, you can choose to let the BSC device send random data that conforms to a specific pattern (i.e., meaningless data); or, let the BSC device send data intended to be reported;
对于调制阶数K,默认为2阶调制(如OOK调制),也可以是其他调制阶数,此处不作限定。For the modulation order K, the default is 2nd order modulation (such as OOK modulation), and it can also be other modulation orders, which are not limited here.
(2)基站发送命令,选择并指示BSC设备发送反向散射信号;(2) The base station sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send backscattered signals;
其中,该BSC设备默认选择基站覆盖范围内的全部BSC设备;Among them, the BSC device selects all BSC devices within the base station coverage by default;
可选地,命令指示匹配字段和/或匹配条件,收到命令的BSC设备根据给定的匹配条件将自身信息与匹配字段进行匹配,匹配成功的BSC设备将继续参与余下流程;Optionally, the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition. The BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition. The BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
可选地,命令指示BSC设备发送反向散射信号的部分或全部配置,即步骤(1a)所述参数;Optionally, the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the backscatter signal, that is, the parameters described in step (1a);
可选地,若命令仅指示部分配置,或未有指示配置,则BSC设备采用约定的默认配置;Optionally, if the command indicates only part of the configuration, or no configuration is indicated, the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration;
可选地,命令指示同步信息,如前导序列、系统时间信息、结束分隔符 等。Optionally, the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter wait.
(3)UE监听步骤2所述命令或基站指示UE,向BSC设备发送激励信号,例如激励信号。(3) The UE listens to the command described in step 2 or the base station instructs the UE to send an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device.
(4)BSC设备根据步骤(1a)所述参数利用步骤(3)所述激励信号发送反向散射信号。(4) The BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (3) to send backscattered signals according to the parameters in step (1a).
其中,BSC设备可自主确定每个时隙的开始,或,UE在每个时隙的开始前,停止发送激励信号;基站或UE向BSC设备发送命令指示时隙的开始,BSC设备间隔T1发送反向散射信号。Among them, the BSC device can independently determine the start of each time slot, or the UE stops sending the excitation signal before the start of each time slot; the base station or the UE sends a command to the BSC device to indicate the start of the time slot, and the BSC device sends the signal at an interval T1 Backscattered signal.
(5)可选地,UE指示中继步骤(1a)所述参数中的部分或全部;或,中继监听步骤(2)所述命令,获得相关配置;或,中继采用约定的配置。(5) Optionally, the UE instructs the relay to relay some or all of the parameters described in step (1a); or, the relay listens to the command described in step (2) to obtain relevant configurations; or, the relay adopts the agreed configuration.
(6)中继接收并测量反向散射信号;(6) The relay receives and measures the backscattered signal;
其中,中继接收并测量反向散射信号包括:Among them, the relay receives and measures the backscattered signal including:
采样并记录带通信号,通过数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;Sampling and recording the bandpass signal, and obtaining the baseband IQ signal through digital signal processing;
或,将带通信号下变频至基带,采样并记录基带IQ信号;Or, downconvert the bandpass signal to baseband, sample and record the baseband IQ signal;
可选地,若频率f1和激励信号频率相同,可以对原始带通信号,和/或采样后的带通信号,和/或采样前的基带IQ信号,和/或采样后的基带IQ信号进行干扰消除,消除激励信号造成的干扰。Optionally, if the frequency f 1 is the same as the frequency of the excitation signal, the original bandpass signal, and/or the bandpass signal after sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal before sampling, and/or the baseband IQ signal after sampling can be Interference cancellation is performed to eliminate the interference caused by the excitation signal.
(7)基站与中继协作估计BSC设备数量;(7) Base stations and relays collaborate to estimate the number of BSC equipment;
可以通过下述两种示例方法估计BSC设备数量:The number of BSC equipment can be estimated through the following two example methods:
第一种方法:the first method:
中继将步骤(6)所述基带IQ信号反馈给基站;The relay feeds back the baseband IQ signal described in step (6) to the base station;
基站根据步骤(1a)所述参数以及中继反馈的基带IQ信号,估计BSC设备数量,具体方法和实施例1的步骤(6a)-(6f)相同,此处不再赘述。The base station estimates the number of BSC devices based on the parameters described in step (1a) and the baseband IQ signal fed back by the relay. The specific method is the same as steps (6a)-(6f) of Embodiment 1, which will not be described again here.
第二种方法:The second method:
中继根据步骤(1a)所述参数以及步骤(6)所述基带IQ信号,估计BSC设备数量,具体方法和实施例1的步骤(6a)-(6f)相同,此处不再赘述;The relay estimates the number of BSC devices based on the parameters described in step (1a) and the baseband IQ signal described in step (6). The specific method is the same as steps (6a)-(6f) of Embodiment 1, which will not be described again here;
中继将估计的BSC设备数量向基站反馈;The relay feeds back the estimated number of BSC devices to the base station;
其中,步骤(1a)所述参数可以通过中继监听步骤(2)所述命令获得;或,由基站发送命令指示中继;或,使用约定命令;或,通过上述三种方式 中的多于一种联合获得。Wherein, the parameters described in step (1a) can be obtained by the relay monitoring the command described in step (2); or, the base station sends a command to instruct the relay; or, uses an agreed command; or, through the above three methods More than one of them is obtained jointly.
(8)可选地,重复迭代执行步骤(1)-(7),直至满足条件停止迭代;(8) Optionally, repeat iterative steps (1)-(7) until the conditions are met to stop iteration;
(8a)当聚类结果合法且成功估计BSC设备数量后,基站发送命令指示前一轮迭代中发送过反向散射信号的BSC设备在后续阶段保持静默,不再参与余下过程;(8a) When the clustering result is legal and the number of BSC devices is successfully estimated, the base station sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
(8b)所述停止迭代的条件可以是实施例1中的步骤(6e)中第三项所述条件触发次数达到约定阈值;或,迭代次数达到约定阈值;或,迭代总时间达到约定阈值等;(8b) The condition for stopping the iteration may be that the number of triggers of the third condition in step (6e) in Embodiment 1 reaches an agreed threshold; or the number of iterations reaches an agreed threshold; or the total iteration time reaches an agreed threshold, etc. ;
(8c)迭代停止后,所有BSC设备的数量估计值为每一轮迭代得到的BSC设备估计值之和;(8c) After the iteration stops, the estimated number of all BSC devices is the sum of the estimated BSC device values obtained in each round of iteration;
(8d)可选地,每一轮迭代后,基站重新确定并指示步骤(1a)所述参数;(8d) Optionally, after each round of iteration, the base station re-determines and indicates the parameters described in step (1a);
例如,重新选择pa,令pa<<Nmax/N′ref,其中,N′ref=Nref-NestFor example, reselect pa so that pa <<N max /N' ref , where N' ref =N ref -N est .
(9)以上步骤中,基站向BSC设备发送的信息或命令可被包含于专用控制命令、RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、SCI、物理帧preamble等至少一种信令,可被专用无线信号波形(如PIE编码的ASK调制信号)、PDSCH、PDCCH、PSCCH、PSSCH、物理帧至少一种方式承载。(9) In the above steps, the information or commands sent by the base station to the BSC equipment can be included in at least one signaling such as dedicated control commands, RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, SCI, physical frame preamble, etc., and can be included in dedicated wireless signals. Waveforms (such as PIE-encoded ASK modulated signals), PDSCH, PDCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH, and physical frames are carried in at least one way.
(10)以上步骤中,基站、UE及中继之间交互的信息或命令可被包含于RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、UCI、SCI等至少一种信令,可被PDSCH、PUSCH、PDCCH、PUCCH、PSCCH、PSSCH至少一种方式承载。(10) In the above steps, the information or commands exchanged between the base station, UE and relay can be included in at least one signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, UCI, SCI, etc., and can be included in PDSCH, PUSCH, PDCCH , PUCCH, PSCCH and PSSCH are carried in at least one way.
实施例4:Example 4:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于蜂窝系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为不同设备,以第一节点为基站、第二节点为UE、第三节点为中继为例展开描述,此外,本实施例考虑基站未知BSC设备数量的参考值。In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description. In addition, this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the base station.
本实施例和实施例3的大部分流程相同,为避免赘述,仅将差异步骤示出,差异步骤如下:Most of the processes in this embodiment are the same as those in Embodiment 3. To avoid redundancy, only the different steps are shown. The different steps are as follows:
步骤(1b),步骤(1b)的第三项与实施例2中的步骤(1b)中的第三项相同。 Step (1b), the third item of step (1b) is the same as the third item of step (1b) in Embodiment 2.
步骤(8),将步骤(8)修改为:Step (8), modify step (8) to:
重复迭代执行步骤(1)-(7),直至满足条件停止迭代;Repeat iterative execution steps (1)-(7) until the conditions are met to stop iteration;
(8a)当聚类结果合法且成功估计BSC设备数量后,基站发送命令指示前一轮迭代中发送过反向散射信号的BSC设备在后续阶段保持静默,不再参与余下过程;(8a) When the clustering result is legal and the number of BSC devices is successfully estimated, the base station sends a command to instruct the BSC devices that have sent backscatter signals in the previous iteration to remain silent in subsequent stages and no longer participate in the remaining process;
(8b)-(8d)与实施例3中的(8b)-(8d)相同,此处不再赘述。(8b)-(8d) are the same as (8b)-(8d) in Embodiment 3, and will not be described again here.
实施例5:Example 5:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于单基地系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为相同设备,以第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为读写器为例展开描述。此外,本实施例考虑读写器未知BSC设备数量的参考值,通过接收的反向散射信号的信号质量来估计BSC设备数量的参考值。本实施例的具体流程如下:In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to a single-base system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are the same device. The three nodes are readers and writers as an example to describe. In addition, this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the reader and writer, and estimates the reference value of the number of BSC devices through the signal quality of the received backscattered signal. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
(1)读写器发送命令,选择并指示BSC设备发送第二反向散射信号;(1) The reader/writer sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send the second backscattered signal;
其中,该BSC设备默认选择读写器覆盖范围内的全部BSC设备;Among them, the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
可选地,命令指示匹配字段和/或匹配条件,收到命令的BSC设备根据给定的匹配条件将自身信息与匹配字段进行匹配,匹配成功的BSC设备将继续参与余下流程;Optionally, the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition. The BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition. The BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
可选地,命令指示BSC设备发送第二反向散射信号的部分或全部配置,如持续时间T4、功率p2、时间间隔T5以及频率f2Optionally, the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the second backscatter signal, such as duration T 4 , power p 2 , time interval T 5 and frequency f 2 ;
可选地,若命令仅指示部分配置,或未有指示配置,则BSC设备采用约定的默认配置;Optionally, if the command indicates only part of the configuration, or no configuration is indicated, the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration;
可选地,命令指示同步信息,如前导序列、系统时间信息、结束分隔符等。Optionally, the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
(2)读写器向BSC设备发送激励信号,例如激励信号;(2) The reader/writer sends an excitation signal, such as an excitation signal, to the BSC device;
(3)BSC设备在步骤(1)所述命令发送结束后,间隔T5后在频率f2上利用步骤(2)所述激励信号以功率p2发送第二反向散射信号,持续时间为T4(3) After the command sending in step (1) is completed, the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (2) to send the second backscattering signal at frequency f 2 with power p 2 after an interval T 5 , and the duration is T4 ;
(4)读写器测量第二反向散射信号的信号质量,确定BSC设备数量的参考值Nref(4) The reader/writer measures the signal quality of the second backscattered signal and determines the reference value N ref for the number of BSC devices;
一种方法:假设信号质量测量值对应的接收功率为P1,读写器历史记录的BSC设备平均接收功率为Pavg,则BSC设备数量的参考值:Nref=P1/PavgOne method: Assume that the received power corresponding to the signal quality measurement value is P 1 , and the average received power of BSC devices recorded historically by the reader is P avg , then the reference value for the number of BSC devices: N ref =P 1 /P avg ;
可选地,若f2与激励信号的频率相同,可以考虑来自激励信号的干扰,例如令P1=P1-P0,其中,P0为激励信号造成的干扰功率。Alternatively, if f 2 is the same frequency as the excitation signal, interference from the excitation signal can be considered, for example, let P 1 =P 1 -P 0 , where P 0 is the interference power caused by the excitation signal.
(5)~(12):在该实施例中,步骤(5)~(12)与实施例1中的步骤(1)~步骤(8)相同,在此不进行赘述。(5) to (12): In this embodiment, steps (5) to (12) are the same as steps (1) to (8) in Embodiment 1, and will not be described again.
实施例6:Example 6:
在该实施例中,设备数量确定方法应用于蜂窝系统架构中,且在该实施例中,第一节点、第二节点和第三节点为不同设备,以第一节点为基站、第二节点为UE、第三节点为中继为例展开描述,此外,本实施例考虑基站未知BSC设备数量的参考值,通过接收的反向散射信号的信号强度RSS来估计BSC设备数量的参考值。本实施例的具体流程如下:In this embodiment, the method for determining the number of devices is applied to the cellular system architecture, and in this embodiment, the first node, the second node and the third node are different devices, with the first node being a base station and the second node being The UE and the third node are relays as an example for description. In addition, this embodiment considers the reference value of the number of BSC devices unknown to the base station, and estimates the reference value of the number of BSC devices through the signal strength RSS of the received backscattered signal. The specific process of this embodiment is as follows:
(1)基站发送命令,选择并指示BSC设备发送第二反向散射信号;(1) The base station sends a command to select and instruct the BSC device to send the second backscattered signal;
其中,该BSC设备默认选择读写器覆盖范围内的全部BSC设备;Among them, the BSC device defaults to all BSC devices within the coverage of the reader;
可选地,命令指示匹配字段和/或匹配条件,收到命令的BSC设备根据给定的匹配条件将自身信息与匹配字段进行匹配,匹配成功的BSC设备将继续参与余下流程;Optionally, the command indicates the matching field and/or matching condition. The BSC device that receives the command will match its own information with the matching field according to the given matching condition. The BSC device that matches successfully will continue to participate in the remaining process;
可选地,命令指示BSC设备发送第二反向散射信号的部分或全部配置,如持续时间T4、功率p2、时间间隔T5以及频率f2Optionally, the command instructs the BSC device to send part or all of the configuration of the second backscatter signal, such as duration T 4 , power p 2 , time interval T 5 and frequency f 2 ;
可选地,若命令仅指示部分配置,或未有指示配置,则BSC设备采用约定的默认配置;Optionally, if the command indicates only part of the configuration, or no configuration is indicated, the BSC device adopts the agreed default configuration;
可选地,命令指示同步信息,如前导序列、系统时间信息、结束分隔符等。Optionally, the command indicates synchronization information such as preamble sequence, system time information, end delimiter, etc.
(2)UE监听步骤(1)所述命令向BSC设备发送激励信号,或基站指示UE向BSC设备发送激励信号,该激励信号可以是激励信号;(2) The UE listens to the command in step (1) to send an excitation signal to the BSC device, or the base station instructs the UE to send an excitation signal to the BSC device. The excitation signal may be an excitation signal;
(3)BSC设备在步骤(1)所述命令发送结束后,间隔T5后在频率f2上利用步骤(2)所述激励信号以功率p2发送第二反向散射信号,持续时间为T4(3) After the command sending in step (1) is completed, the BSC device uses the excitation signal in step (2) to send the second backscattering signal at frequency f 2 with power p 2 after an interval T 5 , and the duration is T4 ;
(4)可选地,UE指示中继步骤(1)所述的部分或全部配置;或,中继 监听步骤(1)所述命令,获得相关配置;或,中继采用约定的配置;(4) Optionally, the UE instructs the relay to relay part or all of the configuration described in step (1); or, relay Monitor the command described in step (1) and obtain relevant configurations; or, the relay adopts the agreed configuration;
(5)中继测量第二反向散射信号的信号质量,基站与中继协作确定BSC设备数量的参考值Nref(5) The relay measures the signal quality of the second backscattered signal, and the base station and the relay cooperate to determine the reference value N ref for the number of BSC devices;
可以通过下述两种示例方法确定BSC设备数量的参考值NrefThe reference value N ref for the number of BSC equipment can be determined through the following two example methods:
第一种方法:the first method:
中继向基站反馈信号质量测量值;The relay feeds back signal quality measurements to the base station;
假设信号质量测量值对应的接收功率为P1,基站历史记录的BSC设备平均接收功率为Pavg,则BSC设备数量的参考值:Nref=P1/PavgAssume that the received power corresponding to the signal quality measurement value is P 1 and the average received power of BSC equipment recorded historically by the base station is P avg , then the reference value for the number of BSC equipment is: N ref =P 1 /P avg ;
可选地,若f2与激励信号的频率相同,可以考虑来自激励信号的干扰,例如令P1=P1-P0,其中,P0为激励信号造成的干扰功率。Alternatively, if f 2 is the same frequency as the excitation signal, interference from the excitation signal can be considered, for example, let P 1 =P 1 -P 0 , where P 0 is the interference power caused by the excitation signal.
第二种方法:The second method:
假设信号质量测量值对应的接收功率为P1,中继历史获得的BSC设备平均接收功率为Pavg,则BSC设备数量的参考值:Nref=P1/Pavg Assume that the received power corresponding to the signal quality measurement value is P 1 , and the average received power of BSC equipment obtained from the relay history is P avg , then the reference value for the number of BSC equipment: N ref =P 1 /P avg
中继向基站反馈NrefThe relay feeds back N ref to the base station;
可选地,若f2与激励信号的频率相同,可以考虑来自激励信号的干扰,例如令P1=P1-P0,其中,P0为激励信号造成的干扰功率。Alternatively, if f 2 is the same frequency as the excitation signal, interference from the excitation signal can be considered, for example, let P 1 =P 1 -P 0 , where P 0 is the interference power caused by the excitation signal.
可选地,若中继未存储有用于确定BSC设备数量的参考值所需的辅助信息,如Pavg、P0,则基站可向中继指示该辅助信息。Optionally, if the relay does not store the auxiliary information required to determine the reference value for the number of BSC devices, such as P avg and P 0 , the base station can indicate the auxiliary information to the relay.
(6)~(15):在该实施例中,步骤(6)~(15)与实施例3中的步骤(1)~步骤(10)相同,在此不进行赘述。(6) to (15): In this embodiment, steps (6) to (15) are the same as steps (1) to (10) in Embodiment 3, and will not be described again.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图,第一节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,如图13所示,设备数量确定装置400包括:Please refer to Figure 13. Figure 13 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determining device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first node includes the device quantity determining device. As shown in Figure 13, the device quantity determining device 400 includes:
第一发送模块401,用于向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The first sending module 401 is configured to send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
确定模块402,用于基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;Determining module 402, configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on target information;
其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
第三节点发送的第二信息; the second information sent by the third node;
第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
同步信息;Synchronization information;
第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
信号功率信息;Signal power information;
发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
时间约定信息;Time appointment information;
目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
导频信号;pilot signal;
前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
系统时间信息;System time information;
分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
可选地,所述第一信息指示所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息的方式包括:Optionally, the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
直接指示,或指示多组配置信息中的一组;Directly indicate, or indicate one set of multiple sets of configuration information;
和/或and / or
显式指示,或隐式指示。Explicit instructions, or implicit instructions.
可选地,所述确定模块具体用于:Optionally, the determining module is specifically used to:
基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设 备的数量。Perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the BSC device based on the clustering result. quantity of equipment.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二发送模块,用于向所述BSC设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The second sending module is configured to send fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息基于所述BSC设备的参考数量确定。Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
可选地,所述BSC设备的参考数量基于如下至少一项确定:Optionally, the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
所述第一节点或第三节点存储的所述BSC设备的历史信息;Historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node;
所述BSC设备发送的第二反向散射信号的测量结果。The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号基于激励信号发送,所述激励信号为所述第一节点或第二节点发送。Optionally, the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
可选地,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于所述第一节点发送的第五信息发送,或者,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于监听到的第一信息发送,所述第五信息用于指示所述第二节点向所述BSC设备发送所述激励信号。Optionally, the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
可选地,所述BSC设备接收到的信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
目标控制命令、无线资源控制RRC,媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE,下行控制信息DCI,侧链路控制信息SCI,物理帧前导;Target control command, radio resource control RRC, media access control MAC control element CE, downlink control information DCI, side link control information SCI, physical frame preamble;
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
目标无线信号波形,物理下行共享信道PDSCH,物理下行控制信道PDCCH,物理副链路控制信道PSCCH,物理副链路共享信道PSSCH,物理帧。Target wireless signal waveform, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, physical secondary link control channel PSCCH, physical secondary link shared channel PSSCH, physical frame.
可选地,所述第一节点、第二节点及第三节点之间的交互信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
RRC,MAC CE,DCI,上行控制信息UCI,SCI;RRC, MAC CE, DCI, uplink control information UCI, SCI;
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
PDSCH,物理上行共享信道PUSCH,PDCCH,物理上行控制信道PUCCH,PSCCH,PSSCH。PDSCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, PDCCH, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置,第一发送模块向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;确定 模块基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;第三节点发送的第二信息;第三节点发送的第三信息;其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In the device quantity determination device in the embodiment of the present application, the first sending module sends the first information to the BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscattering signal; determine The module determines the number of BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscatter signal; second information sent by a third node; third The third information sent by the node; wherein the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的设备数量确定装置能够实现图9的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 9 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图,第三节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,如图14所示,设备数量确定装置500包括:Please refer to Figure 14. Figure 14 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The third node includes the device quantity determination device. As shown in Figure 14, the device quantity determination device 500 includes:
获取模块501,用于基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;The acquisition module 501 is used to acquire the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
发送模块502,用于向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;A sending module 502, configured to send second information or third information to the first node, where the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of BSC devices;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
确定模块,用于基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。A determination module, configured to perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
可选地,所述确定模块具体用于:Optionally, the determining module is specifically used to:
基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,基于聚类结果及所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数确定所述BSC设备的数量。Clustering processing is performed based on the baseband IQ signal, and the number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述确定模块具体用于: Optionally, the determining module is specifically used to:
基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,在确定聚类结果有效的情况下,基于所述聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量;Perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and if the clustering result is determined to be valid, determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result;
其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂;The clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal;
所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;The category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics;
所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
可选地,所述获取模块具体用于:Optionally, the acquisition module is specifically used to:
在目标时段内在目标信号频率上接收BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号;Receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device at the target signal frequency within the target period;
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号。A baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息确定;或者Optionally, the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal; or
所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息及目标时间间隔确定,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号。The target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval. The target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal.
可选地,所述基带IQ信号的获取方式包括如下任意一项:Optionally, the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
采样所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号,对采样结果进行数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;Sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, and performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain a baseband IQ signal;
将所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号变频至基带,对变频结果进行采样获取基带IQ信号。The bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
接收模块,用于获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息,并基于所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息接收所述BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号。A receiving module, configured to obtain the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第三节点通过如下至少一项获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息:Optionally, the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
所述第一节点发送的指示信息;Instruction information sent by the first node;
监听到的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号;The first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
预设配置。 Default configuration.
可选地,所述获取模块具体用于:Optionally, the acquisition module is specifically used to:
基于BSC设备在多轮迭代过程中发送的第一反向散射信号获取所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号;Obtain the baseband IQ signal in the multi-round iteration process based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device in the multi-round iteration process;
所述确定模块具体用于:The determination module is specifically used for:
基于所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值;Perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multi-round iteration process, and determine the sum of the number of devices in the multi-round iteration process based on the clustering results;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量为所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
可选地,触发所述多轮迭代过程停止迭代的条件包括如下任意一项:Optionally, the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
所述聚类结果无效的次数大于或等于第一预设次数;The number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times;
迭代次数大于或等于第二预设次数;The number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number;
迭代总时间大于或等于预设时间;The total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time;
所述第三节点接收到预设信息。The third node receives the preset information.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置,获取模块基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;发送模块向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In the device quantity determination device in the embodiment of the present application, the acquisition module acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the sending module sends the second information or the third information to the first node, The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的设备数量确定装置能够实现图10的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
请参见图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的一种设备数量确定装置的结构图,BSC设备包括所述设备数量确定装置,如图15所示,设备数量确定装置600包括:Please refer to Figure 15. Figure 15 is a structural diagram of a device quantity determination device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The BSC device includes the device quantity determination device. As shown in Figure 15, the device quantity determination device 600 includes:
第一接收模块601,用于接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息 用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The first receiving module 601 is used to receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information Used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
发送模块602,用于发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。Sending module 602, configured to send the first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, the A baseband IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
同步信息;Synchronization information;
第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
信号功率信息;Signal power information;
发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
可选地,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
导频信号;pilot signal;
前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
系统时间信息;System time information;
分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二接收模块,用于接收所述第一节点发送的第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The second receiving module is configured to receive fourth information sent by the first node, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send backscatter signals.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间由所述BSC设备确定;Optionally, the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined by the BSC device;
或者所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间基于如下任意一项确定:Or the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined based on any of the following:
第一节点发送的第六信息;The sixth information sent by the first node;
第二节点发送的第七信息。 The seventh message sent by the second node.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置,第一接收模块接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;发送模块发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。这样,基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号确定BSC设备的数量,能够降低获得BSC设备的数量所需的信令和时间开销。In the device quantity determination device in the embodiment of the present application, the first receiving module receives the first information sent by the first node, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscattering signal; the sending module sends the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal. The scattering signal is obtained. In this way, determining the number of BSC devices based on the baseband IQ signal acquired from the first backscatter signal can reduce the signaling and time overhead required to obtain the number of BSC devices.
本申请实施例中的设备数量确定装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The device quantity determining device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. For example, terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的设备数量确定装置能够实现图11的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The equipment quantity determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 11 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
可选地,如图16所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备700,包括处理器701和存储器702,存储器702上存储有可在所述处理器701上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备700为第一节点时,该程序或指令被处理器701执行时实现上述应用于第一节点的设备数量确定方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备700为BSC设备时,该程序或指令被处理器701执行时实现上述应用于BSC设备的设备数量确定方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备700为第三节点时,该程序或指令被处理器701执行时实现上述应用于第三节点的设备数量确定方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。Optionally, as shown in Figure 16, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 700, which includes a processor 701 and a memory 702. The memory 702 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 701, such as , when the communication device 700 is the first node, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices applied to the first node is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 700 is a BSC device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above embodiment of the device quantity determination method applied to the BSC device is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 700 is a third node, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 701, each step of the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices applied to the third node is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述处理器用于:基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;第三节点发送的第二信息;第三节点发送的第三信息;其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指 示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。或者,所述处理器用于:基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;所述通信接口用于:向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。或者,所述通信接口用于:接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;所述通信接口还用于:发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。该电子设备实施例与上述设备数量确定方法实施例对应,上述设备数量确定方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该电子设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send first information to the BSC device, and the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first Backscatter signal; the processor is configured to: determine the number of the BSC devices based on target information; wherein the target information includes at least one of the following: a baseband IQ signal acquired based on the first backscatter signal; The second information sent by the third node; the third information sent by the third node; wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate indicates the number of BSC devices, which is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. Alternatively, the processor is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device; the communication interface is configured to: send the second information or the third information to the first node, the The second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices; wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal. Alternatively, the communication interface is used to: receive the first information sent by the first node, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal; the communication interface is also used to: send the A first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ signal is based on the first backscattered signal. The scattering signal is obtained. This electronic device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment can be applied to this electronic device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
上述电子设备可以为终端、服务器或者可以为网络侧设备。The above-mentioned electronic device may be a terminal, a server, or a network-side device.
具体地,图17为实现本申请实施例的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图。Specifically, FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device that implements an embodiment of the present application.
该电子设备可以为终端。该电子设备800包括但不限于:射频单元801、网络模块802、音频输出单元803、输入单元804、传感器805、显示单元806、用户输入单元807、接口单元808、存储器809以及处理器810等中的至少部分部件。The electronic device may be a terminal. The electronic device 800 includes but is not limited to: radio frequency unit 801, network module 802, audio output unit 803, input unit 804, sensor 805, display unit 806, user input unit 807, interface unit 808, memory 809, processor 810, etc. at least some parts of it.
本领域技术人员可以理解,电子设备800还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器810逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图17中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the electronic device 800 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. The power supply may be logically connected to the processor 810 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and function through the power management system. Consumption management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal. The terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元804可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)8041和麦克风8042,图形处理器8041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元806可包括显示面板8061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板8061。用户输入单元807包括触控面板8071以及其他输入设备8072中的至少一种。触控面板 8 071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板8071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备8072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 804 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 8041 and a microphone 8042. The graphics processor 8041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras). The display unit 806 may include a display panel 8061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 807 includes a touch panel 8071 and at least one of other input devices 8072 . touch panel 8 071, also known as touch screen. The touch panel 8071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 8072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元801接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可以传输给处理器810进行处理;另外,射频单元801可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元801包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 801 can transmit it to the processor 810 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 801 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 801 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
存储器809可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器809可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器809可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器809可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器809包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 809 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 809 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc. Additionally, memory 809 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 809 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM). Memory 809 in embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器810可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器810集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器810中。The processor 810 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 810 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 810.
其中,在所述电子设备为第一节点的情况下:Wherein, when the electronic device is the first node:
射频单元801用于:向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示 所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The radio frequency unit 801 is configured to: send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to indicate The BSC device sends a first backscattered signal;
处理器810用于:基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;The processor 810 is configured to: determine the number of BSC devices based on target information;
其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
第三节点发送的第二信息;the second information sent by the third node;
第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
同步信息;Synchronization information;
第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
信号功率信息;Signal power information;
发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
时间约定信息;Time appointment information;
目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
可选地,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
导频信号;pilot signal;
前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
系统时间信息;System time information;
分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
可选地,所述第一信息指示所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息的方式包括: Optionally, the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal in a manner including:
直接指示,或指示多组配置信息中的一组;Directly indicate, or indicate one set of multiple sets of configuration information;
和/或and / or
显式指示,或隐式指示。Explicit instructions, or implicit instructions.
可选地,处理器810还用于:基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。Optionally, the processor 810 is further configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
可选地,射频单元801还用于:向所述BSC设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。Optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to send fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal no longer sends backscatter signals.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息基于所述BSC设备的参考数量确定。Optionally, the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on the reference number of the BSC device.
可选地,所述BSC设备的参考数量基于如下至少一项确定:Optionally, the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
所述第一节点或第三节点存储的所述BSC设备的历史信息;Historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node;
所述BSC设备发送的第二反向散射信号的测量结果。The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
可选地,所述第一反向散射信号基于激励信号发送,所述激励信号为所述第一节点或第二节点发送。Optionally, the first backscattered signal is sent based on an excitation signal, the excitation signal being sent by the first node or the second node.
可选地,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于所述第一节点发送的第五信息发送,或者,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于监听到的第一信息发送,所述第五信息用于指示所述第二节点向所述BSC设备发送所述激励信号。Optionally, the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the first information monitored, and the The fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
可选地,所述BSC设备接收到的信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
目标控制命令、无线资源控制RRC,媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE,下行控制信息DCI,侧链路控制信息SCI,物理帧前导;Target control command, radio resource control RRC, media access control MAC control element CE, downlink control information DCI, side link control information SCI, physical frame preamble;
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
目标无线信号波形,物理下行共享信道PDSCH,物理下行控制信道PDCCH,物理副链路控制信道PSCCH,物理副链路共享信道PSSCH,物理帧。Target wireless signal waveform, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, physical secondary link control channel PSCCH, physical secondary link shared channel PSSCH, physical frame.
可选地,所述第一节点、第二节点及第三节点之间的交互信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:Optionally, the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
RRC,MAC CE,DCI,上行控制信息UCI,SCI;RRC, MAC CE, DCI, uplink control information UCI, SCI;
所述信令通过如下至少一项承载: The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
PDSCH,物理上行共享信道PUSCH,PDCCH,物理上行控制信道PUCCH,PSCCH,PSSCH。PDSCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, PDCCH, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH.
其中,在所述电子设备为第三节点的情况下:Wherein, when the electronic device is the third node:
处理器810用于:基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;The processor 810 is configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
射频单元801用于:向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;The radio frequency unit 801 is configured to: send second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,处理器810还用于:基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。Optionally, the processor 810 is further configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
可选地,处理器810还用于:基于聚类结果及所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数确定所述BSC设备的数量。Optionally, the processor 810 is further configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
可选地,处理器810还用于:Optionally, processor 810 is also used to:
在确定聚类结果有效的情况下,基于所述聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量;If the clustering result is determined to be valid, determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result;
其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the conditions for the clustering result to be valid include at least one of the following:
所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂;The clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal;
所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;The category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics;
所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
可选地,射频单元801还用于:在目标时段内在目标信号频率上接收BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号;Optionally, the radio frequency unit 801 is also configured to: receive the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device at the target signal frequency within the target period;
处理器810还用于:基于所述第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号。The processor 810 is further configured to: obtain a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息确定;或者Optionally, the target period is determined based on the total transmission time information of the first backscatter signal; or
所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息及目标时间间隔确定,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号。The target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval. The target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal.
可选地,所述基带IQ信号的获取方式包括如下任意一项: Optionally, the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any of the following:
采样所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号,对采样结果进行数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;Sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, and performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain a baseband IQ signal;
将所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号变频至基带,对变频结果进行采样获取基带IQ信号。The bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
可选地,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号之前,所述方法还包括:Optionally, before the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, the method further includes:
所述第三节点获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息,并基于所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息接收所述BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号。The third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
可选地,所述第三节点通过如下至少一项获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息:Optionally, the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
所述第一节点发送的指示信息;Instruction information sent by the first node;
监听到的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号;The first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
预设配置。Default configuration.
可选地,处理器810还用于:基于BSC设备在多轮迭代过程中发送的第一反向散射信号获取所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号;Optionally, the processor 810 is further configured to: obtain the baseband IQ signal in the multiple rounds of iterations based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device in the multiple rounds of iterations;
处理器810还用于:基于所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值;The processor 810 is also configured to: perform clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multiple rounds of iterations, and determine the sum of the number of devices in the multiple rounds of iterations based on the clustering results;
其中,所述BSC设备的数量为所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
可选地,触发所述多轮迭代过程停止迭代的条件包括如下任意一项:Optionally, the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any of the following:
所述聚类结果无效的次数大于或等于第一预设次数;The number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times;
迭代次数大于或等于第二预设次数;The number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number;
迭代总时间大于或等于预设时间;The total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time;
所述第三节点接收到预设信息。The third node receives the preset information.
该电子设备实施例与上述设备数量确定方法实施例对应,上述设备数量确定方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该电子设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。This electronic equipment embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned device quantity determination method embodiment can be applied to this electronic device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
本申请实施例还提供了一种电子设备。该电子设备可以为网络侧设备。如图18所示,该电子设备900包括:天线901、射频装置902、基带装置903、 处理器904和存储器905。天线901与射频装置902连接。在上行方向上,射频装置902通过天线901接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置903进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置903对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置902,射频装置902对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线901发送出去。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device. The electronic device may be a network side device. As shown in Figure 18, the electronic device 900 includes: an antenna 901, a radio frequency device 902, a baseband device 903, Processor 904 and memory 905. Antenna 901 is connected to radio frequency device 902. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 902 receives information through the antenna 901 and sends the received information to the baseband device 903 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 903 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 902. The radio frequency device 902 processes the received information and then sends it out through the antenna 901.
以上实施例中电子设备执行的方法可以在基带装置903中实现,该基带装置903包括基带处理器。The method performed by the electronic device in the above embodiment can be implemented in the baseband device 903, which includes a baseband processor.
基带装置903例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图18所示,其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器,通过总线接口与存储器905连接,以调用存储器905中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 903 may include, for example, at least one baseband board on which multiple chips are disposed, as shown in FIG. Program to perform the network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该电子设备还可以包括网络接口906,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(Common Public Radio Interface,CPRI)。The electronic device may also include a network interface 906, which is, for example, a Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI).
具体地,本发明实施例的电子设备900还包括:存储在存储器905上并可在处理器904上运行的指令或程序,处理器904调用存储器905中的指令或程序执行图14、图15或图16所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the electronic device 900 according to the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 905 and executable on the processor 904. The processor 904 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 905 to execute FIG. 14, FIG. 15 or Figure 16 shows the execution method of each module and achieves the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述设备数量确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, each process of the above device quantity determination method embodiment is implemented, and can achieve The same technical effects are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述设备数量确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above embodiment of the method for determining the number of devices. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not go into details here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。 It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述设备数量确定方法的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product. The computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium. The computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above device quantity determination method. Each process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种设备数量确定系统,包括:第一节点、BSC设备及第三节点,所述第一节点可用于执行如上所述的应用于第一节点的设备数量确定方法的步骤,所述BSC设备可用于执行如上所述的应用于BSC设备的设备数量确定方法的步骤,所述第三节点可用于执行如上所述的应用于第三节点的设备数量确定方法的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a device quantity determination system, including: a first node, a BSC device, and a third node. The first node may be used to perform the device quantity determination method applied to the first node as described above. The BSC device may be configured to perform the above-mentioned steps of the device quantity determination method applied to the BSC device, and the third node may be configured to perform the above-described steps of the device quantity determination method applied to the third node.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, Each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来控制相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the processes in the methods of the above embodiments can be completed by controlling relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. During execution, the process may include the processes of the embodiments of each of the above methods. Wherein, the storage medium can be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM) or a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions may be performed, for example, the methods described may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的 技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, this application The essence of the technical solution or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a computer software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) and includes a number of instructions. It is used to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Inspired by this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (35)

  1. 一种设备数量确定方法,包括:A method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
    第一节点向反向散射通信BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The first node sends first information to the backscatter communication BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
    所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;The first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information;
    其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
    基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
    第三节点发送的第二信息;the second information sent by the third node;
    第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
    其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述BSC设备的相关信息、同步信息、第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Related information of the BSC device, synchronization information, and configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
    信号功率信息;Signal power information;
    发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式;transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
    发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
    时间约定信息;Time appointment information;
    目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
    发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
    发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
    目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
    导频信号;pilot signal;
    前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
    系统时间信息; System time information;
    分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息指示所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息的方式包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the manner in which the first information indicates the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes:
    直接指示,或指示多组配置信息中的一组;和/或,Directly indicate, or indicate one set of multiple sets of configuration information; and/or,
    显式指示,或隐式指示。Explicit instructions, or implicit instructions.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, including:
    所述第一节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。The first node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量之后,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein after the first node determines the number of BSC devices based on target information, the method further includes:
    所述第一节点向所述BSC设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The first node sends fourth information to the BSC device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal no longer sends backscatter signals.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息基于所述BSC设备的参考数量确定。The method of claim 2, wherein the configuration information of the first backscattered signal is determined based on a reference number of the BSC device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述BSC设备的参考数量基于如下至少一项确定:The method of claim 8, wherein the reference number of BSC devices is determined based on at least one of the following:
    所述第一节点或第三节点存储的所述BSC设备的历史信息;Historical information of the BSC device stored by the first node or the third node;
    所述BSC设备发送的第二反向散射信号的测量结果。The measurement result of the second backscattered signal sent by the BSC device.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一反向散射信号基于激励信号发送,所述激励信号为所述第一节点或第二节点发送。The method of claim 1, wherein the first backscattered signal is transmitted based on an excitation signal transmitted for the first node or the second node.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于所述第一节点发送的第五信息发送,或者,所述激励信号为所述第二节点基于监听到的第一信息发送,所述第五信息用于指示所述第二节点向所述BSC设备发送所述激励信号。The method according to claim 10, wherein the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the fifth information sent by the first node, or the excitation signal is sent by the second node based on the monitored The first information is sent, and the fifth information is used to instruct the second node to send the excitation signal to the BSC device.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述BSC设备接收到的信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the information received by the BSC device is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
    目标控制命令、无线资源控制RRC,媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE,下行控制信息DCI,侧链路控制信息SCI,物理帧前导; Target control command, radio resource control RRC, media access control MAC control element CE, downlink control information DCI, side link control information SCI, physical frame preamble;
    所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
    目标无线信号波形,物理下行共享信道PDSCH,物理下行控制信道PDCCH,物理副链路控制信道PSCCH,物理副链路共享信道PSSCH,物理帧。Target wireless signal waveform, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, physical downlink control channel PDCCH, physical secondary link control channel PSCCH, physical secondary link shared channel PSSCH, physical frame.
  13. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一节点、第二节点及第三节点之间的交互信息通过如下至少一项信令传输:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the interaction information between the first node, the second node and the third node is transmitted through at least one of the following signaling:
    RRC,MAC CE,DCI,上行控制信息UCI,SCI;RRC, MAC CE, DCI, uplink control information UCI, SCI;
    所述信令通过如下至少一项承载:The signaling is carried through at least one of the following:
    PDSCH,物理上行共享信道PUSCH,PDCCH,物理上行控制信道PUCCH,PSCCH,PSSCH。PDSCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, PDCCH, physical uplink control channel PUCCH, PSCCH, PSSCH.
  14. 一种设备数量确定方法,包括:A method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
    第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;The third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device;
    所述第三节点向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;The third node sends second information or third information to the first node, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices;
    其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第三节点向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein before the third node sends the second information or the third information to the first node, the method further includes:
    所述第三节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量。The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:The method of claim 15, wherein determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
    基于聚类结果及所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数确定所述BSC设备的数量。The number of BSC devices is determined based on the clustering result and the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:The method of claim 15, wherein determining the number of BSC devices based on clustering results includes:
    在确定聚类结果有效的情况下,基于所述聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量;If the clustering result is determined to be valid, determine the number of BSC devices based on the clustering result;
    其中,所述聚类结果有效的条件包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the conditions for the clustering results to be valid include at least one of the following:
    所述聚类结果为所述第一反向散射信号对应的调制阶数的正整数指数幂; The clustering result is the positive integer exponential power of the modulation order corresponding to the first backscattered signal;
    所述聚类结果的类别中心点满足预设特征;The category center point of the clustering result satisfies the preset characteristics;
    所述基带IQ信号的特征不与噪声特征匹配。The characteristics of the baseband IQ signal do not match the characteristics of the noise.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, including:
    所述第三节点在目标时段内在目标信号频率上接收BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号;The third node receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device on the target signal frequency within the target period;
    所述第三节点基于所述第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号。The third node acquires a baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息确定;或者The method of claim 18, wherein the target period is determined based on total transmission time information of the first backscattered signal; or
    所述目标时段基于所述第一反向散射信号的发送总时间信息及目标时间间隔确定,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。The target period is determined based on the total sending time information of the first backscattered signal and a target time interval. The target time interval is the time between the BSC device receiving the information and sending the first backscattered signal. interval.
  20. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述基带IQ信号的获取方式包括如下任意一项:The method according to claim 14, wherein the acquisition method of the baseband IQ signal includes any one of the following:
    采样所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号,对采样结果进行数字信号处理获得基带IQ信号;Sampling the bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal, and performing digital signal processing on the sampling result to obtain a baseband IQ signal;
    将所述第一反向散射信号对应的带通信号变频至基带,对变频结果进行采样获取基带IQ信号。The bandpass signal corresponding to the first backscattered signal is frequency-converted to baseband, and the frequency conversion result is sampled to obtain the baseband IQ signal.
  21. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, wherein before the third node acquires the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device, the method further includes:
    所述第三节点获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息,并基于所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息接收所述BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号。The third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal, and receives the first backscattered signal sent by the BSC device based on the configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,所述第三节点通过如下至少一项获取所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息:The method according to claim 21, wherein the third node obtains the configuration information of the first backscattered signal through at least one of the following:
    所述第一节点发送的指示信息;Instruction information sent by the first node;
    监听到的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号;The first information monitored, the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send the first backscatter signal;
    预设配置。Default configuration.
  23. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第三节点基于BSC设备发 送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the third node transmits data based on the BSC device. The first backscattered signal is sent to obtain the baseband IQ signal, including:
    所述第三节点基于BSC设备在多轮迭代过程中发送的第一反向散射信号获取所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号;The third node acquires the baseband IQ signal in the multi-round iteration process based on the first backscatter signal sent by the BSC device in the multi-round iteration process;
    所述第三节点基于所述基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述BSC设备的数量,包括:The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signal, and determines the number of BSC devices based on the clustering results, including:
    所述第三节点基于所述多轮迭代过程中的基带IQ信号进行聚类处理,并基于聚类结果确定所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值;The third node performs clustering processing based on the baseband IQ signals in the multi-round iteration process, and determines the sum of the number of devices in the multi-round iteration process based on the clustering results;
    其中,所述BSC设备的数量为所述多轮迭代过程中的设备数量的和值。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is the sum of the number of devices in the multiple iteration processes.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,触发所述多轮迭代过程停止迭代的条件包括如下任意一项:The method according to claim 23, wherein the conditions that trigger the multi-round iteration process to stop iteration include any one of the following:
    所述聚类结果无效的次数大于或等于第一预设次数;The number of times the clustering results are invalid is greater than or equal to the first preset number of times;
    迭代次数大于或等于第二预设次数;The number of iterations is greater than or equal to the second preset number;
    迭代总时间大于或等于预设时间;The total iteration time is greater than or equal to the preset time;
    所述第三节点接收到预设信息。The third node receives the preset information.
  25. 一种设备数量确定方法,包括:A method for determining the quantity of equipment, including:
    BSC设备接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;The BSC device receives the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
    所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。The BSC device sends the first backscattered signal, and the first backscattered signal is used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of the BSC devices is obtained based on a baseband IQ signal, and the baseband IQ A signal is obtained based on said first backscattered signal.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息还用于指示如下至少一项:The method according to claim 25, wherein the first information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述BSC设备的相关信息;Relevant information of the BSC equipment;
    同步信息;Synchronization information;
    第一反向散射信号的配置信息。Configuration information of the first backscattered signal.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第一反向散射信号的配置信息包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 26, wherein the configuration information of the first backscattered signal includes at least one of the following:
    信号功率信息;Signal power information;
    发送第一反向散射信号的动态模式; transmitting a dynamic pattern of the first backscattered signal;
    发送总时间信息;Send total time information;
    目标信号频率;Target signal frequency;
    发送第一反向散射信号的数据类型;The data type for sending the first backscattered signal;
    发送第一反向散射信号的调制阶数;The modulation order for transmitting the first backscattered signal;
    目标时间间隔,所述目标时间间隔为所述BSC设备接收信息和发送所述第一反向散射信号之间的时间间隔。Target time interval, the target time interval is the time interval between the BSC device receiving information and sending the first backscatter signal.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述同步信息包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 26, wherein the synchronization information includes at least one of the following:
    导频信号;pilot signal;
    前导序列信息;leader sequence information;
    系统时间信息;System time information;
    分隔符信息。Delimiter information.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述BSC设备发送所述第一反向散射信号之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein after the BSC device sends the first backscatter signal, the method further includes:
    所述BSC设备接收所述第一节点发送的第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示已发送所述第一反向散射信号的BSC设备不再发送反向散射信号。The BSC device receives the fourth information sent by the first node, and the fourth information is used to indicate that the BSC device that has sent the first backscatter signal will no longer send the backscatter signal.
  30. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间由所述BSC设备确定;The method of claim 25, wherein the transmission time of the first backscattered signal is determined by the BSC device;
    或者所述第一反向散射信号的发送时间基于如下任意一项确定:Or the sending time of the first backscattered signal is determined based on any of the following:
    第一节点发送的第六信息;The sixth information sent by the first node;
    第二节点发送的第七信息。The seventh message sent by the second node.
  31. 一种设备数量确定装置,第一节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:A device for determining the quantity of equipment. The first node includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment. The device includes:
    第一发送模块,用于向BSC设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;A first sending module, configured to send first information to the BSC device, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
    确定模块,用于基于目标信息确定所述BSC设备的数量;A determination module, configured to determine the number of BSC devices based on target information;
    其中,所述目标信息包括如下至少一项:Wherein, the target information includes at least one of the following:
    基于所述第一反向散射信号获取的基带IQ信号;A baseband IQ signal obtained based on the first backscattered signal;
    第三节点发送的第二信息; the second information sent by the third node;
    第三节点发送的第三信息;The third information sent by the third node;
    其中,所述第二信息用于指示基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of the BSC devices, and the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  32. 一种设备数量确定装置,第三节点包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:A device for determining the quantity of equipment. The third node includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment. The device includes:
    获取模块,用于基于反向散射通信BSC设备发送的第一反向散射信号获取基带IQ信号;An acquisition module, configured to acquire the baseband IQ signal based on the first backscatter signal sent by the backscatter communication BSC device;
    发送模块,用于向第一节点发送第二信息或第三信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述基带IQ信号,所述第三信息用于指示所述BSC设备的数量;A sending module, configured to send second information or third information to the first node, where the second information is used to indicate the baseband IQ signal, and the third information is used to indicate the number of BSC devices;
    其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于所述基带IQ信号获得。Wherein, the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal.
  33. 一种设备数量确定装置,BSC设备包括所述设备数量确定装置,所述装置包括:A device for determining the quantity of equipment. BSC equipment includes the device for determining the quantity of equipment. The device includes:
    第一接收模块,用于接收第一节点发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述BSC设备发送第一反向散射信号;A first receiving module, configured to receive the first information sent by the first node, where the first information is used to instruct the BSC device to send a first backscatter signal;
    发送模块,用于发送所述第一反向散射信号,所述第一反向散射信号用于获取所述BSC设备的数量,其中,所述BSC设备的数量基于基带IQ信号获得,所述基带IQ信号基于所述第一反向散射信号获得。A sending module, configured to send the first backscattered signal, the first backscattered signal being used to obtain the number of the BSC devices, wherein the number of BSC devices is obtained based on the baseband IQ signal, the baseband The IQ signal is obtained based on the first backscattered signal.
  34. 一种电子设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至13任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤;或者,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求14至24任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤;或者,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求25至30任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤。An electronic device, including a processor and a memory, the memory stores a program or instructions that can be run on the processor, wherein when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, any of claims 1 to 13 is implemented. The steps of the method for determining the number of equipment according to one of the claims; or, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the method for determining the number of equipment according to any one of claims 14 to 24 are implemented; or, When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the steps of the device quantity determining method according to any one of claims 25 to 30 are implemented.
  35. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,其中,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至13任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求14至24任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求25至30任一项所述的设备数量确定方法的步骤。 A readable storage medium on which a program or instructions are stored, wherein when the program or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method for determining the number of devices according to any one of claims 1 to 13 are implemented. , or implement the steps of the equipment quantity determination method as described in any one of claims 14 to 24, or implement the steps of the equipment quantity determination method as described in any one of claims 25 to 30.
PCT/CN2023/104942 2022-07-06 2023-06-30 Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device WO2024008001A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210800747.XA CN117424681A (en) 2022-07-06 2022-07-06 Device number determining method and device and electronic device
CN202210800747.X 2022-07-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024008001A1 true WO2024008001A1 (en) 2024-01-11

Family

ID=89454372

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/104942 WO2024008001A1 (en) 2022-07-06 2023-06-30 Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117424681A (en)
WO (1) WO2024008001A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090267737A1 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-10-29 Dean Kawaguchi Rfid system with distributed readers
US20120139711A1 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 Intermec Ip Corp. Method and apparatus to estimate the number of transponders in a field
CN107430676A (en) * 2015-01-30 2017-12-01 麻省理工学院 Transponder positions
US20210012071A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2021-01-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A network control entity, an access point and methods therein for enabling access to wireless tags in a wireless communications network

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090267737A1 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-10-29 Dean Kawaguchi Rfid system with distributed readers
US20120139711A1 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 Intermec Ip Corp. Method and apparatus to estimate the number of transponders in a field
CN107430676A (en) * 2015-01-30 2017-12-01 麻省理工学院 Transponder positions
US20210012071A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2021-01-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A network control entity, an access point and methods therein for enabling access to wireless tags in a wireless communications network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117424681A (en) 2024-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102423059B1 (en) Electronic device and method for setting communication standard
US8774041B2 (en) Proximity-based wireless handshaking for connection establishment
US20100085907A1 (en) Wireless relay device, wireless terminal, and recording medium that records program
CN109155977A (en) Stop being communicated in second channel while transmission in the first channel
US9986533B2 (en) Apparatus and method for providing communication
WO2024008001A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device
WO2023185904A1 (en) Energy supply method and apparatus for backscatter communication, terminal, and network side device
WO2024007980A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining number of devices, and electronic device
WO2024017049A1 (en) Bsc device identification method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2023231908A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus for backscatter communication, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023241449A1 (en) Measurement processing method and apparatus, and device
WO2023236868A1 (en) Backscatter communication configuration method and apparatus, and network-side device and terminal
WO2024032496A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, resource configuration method and apparatus, and reader, tag and network-side device
WO2023236826A1 (en) Access method and apparatus in backscatter communication, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023202632A1 (en) Resource allocation method, device, and readable storage medium
WO2024041593A1 (en) Backscatter communication processing method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2024037514A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2024061175A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2023051529A1 (en) Reference signal processing method and apparatus, terminal, and medium
WO2024061111A1 (en) Resource processing method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2024093776A1 (en) Signal measurement processing method and apparatus in cascade link, and related device
WO2023185963A1 (en) Method for initiating bsc link establishment, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023236962A1 (en) Resource allocation method and apparatus, communication device, system, and storage medium
WO2024017242A1 (en) Measurement gap conflict processing method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
US20230199538A1 (en) Candidate beam measurement method and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23834768

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1